Professional Documents
Culture Documents
HIGHLIGHTS
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 12
__________
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
REVISION NO. 12 Aug 01/08
AXM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
314, 343,
345- 347
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 3
REVISION NO. 12 Aug 01/08
AXM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 3
REVISION NO. 12 Aug 01/08
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
12-L.E.P. Page 1
Aug 01/08
AXM
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
12-L.E.P. Page 2
Aug 01/08
AXM
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
12-L.E.P. Page 3
Aug 01/08
AXM
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
12-L.E.P. Page 4
Aug 01/08
AXM
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
12-L.E.P. Page 5
Aug 01/08
AXM
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
12-L.E.P. Page 6
Aug 01/08
AXM
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
12-L.E.P. Page 7
Aug 01/08
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING - GENERAL
___________________ 12-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas 1 ALL
Ground Service Connections 1 ALL
Drainage Points 4 ALL
____________________
SERVICING - GENERAL 12-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Wingrip 201 ALL
____________
REPLENISHING 12-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
FUEL 12-11-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
FUEL SYSTEM 12-11-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
General Refuel/Defuel Safety 301 ALL
Procedures
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures 307 ALL
for use in the Hangar
Pressure Refuel with Automatic 309 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel with Manual 318 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel without Electrical 325 ALL
Power
Overwing (Gravity) Refuel 332 ALL
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find 339 ALL
the Pitch and Roll Data
Procedure to use the FQIC Input 342 ALL
Parameters to Find the Pitch and
Roll Data
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators 345 ALL
(MLI)
12-CONTENTS Page 1
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Hydraulic Ground Power Cart 4 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Property 4 ALL
In-Service limits.
Specifications of Mineral Base 6 ALL
Fluids.
Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 6 ALL
29-00-00-910-00200).
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-12-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 301 ALL
with a Hand Pump
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 314 ALL
with a Hydraulic Service Cart
LANDING GEAR 12-12-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level 301 ALL
Replenishment of the NLG Shock 311 ALL
Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
Replenishment of the Alternate 321 ALL
Brake Reservoir (2624GM)
Check Fluid Level of Main Landing 326 ALL
Gear Shock Absorber
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG 327 ALL
Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Replenishment of the MLG Torque 336 ALL
Link Damper
Check Shock Absorber Charge 342 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
Check Shock Absorber Charge 348 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
OIL 12-13-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
ELECTRICAL POWER 12-13-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 ALL
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 308 ALL
with Oil or Addition of Oil after
a Level Check
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-13-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Replenishment of the THS 301 ALL
Actuator (9CE)
Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU 307 ALL
(6201CM) Gearbox
12-CONTENTS Page 2
May 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU 313 ALL
(6001CM) Gearbox
Drain and Refill Flap Actuator 318 ALL
Assemblies with Semi-fluid
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-13-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Ram Air Turbine 301 ALL
(RAT) 2GE
APU ((GTCP 36-300)) 12-13-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check APU Oil Level and Replenish 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-13-79
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check oil level and replenish 301 ALL
Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD
(Electrical Master Chip Detector)
Check oil level and replenish 309 ALL
(Pressure Filling)
Oil Tank Draining 315 ALL
Draining of the Accessory Drive 320 ALL
Section
Flushing of Oil System 325 ALL
ENGINE STARTING 12-13-80
SERVICING 301 ALL
Drain and Replenish Oil System 301 ALL
Replenish Oil System 306 ALL
GAS 12-14-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-14-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Power 301 ALL
Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM
with Nitrogen
LANDING GEAR 12-14-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Tires 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow 305 ALL
Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure
Accumulator
Check Charge Pressure of Main 312 ALL
Landing Gear Shock Absorber
Inspection of the MLG Shock 342 ALL
Absorbers Before Flight
Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge 346 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Pressure
WATER 12-15-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
POTABLE WATER 12-15-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 301 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power
Available)
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 307 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power not
Available)
LAVATORY 12-16-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
LAVATORY ARTICLE 12-16-25
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Liquid Soap 301 ALL
Dispenser
TOILET SANITARY FLUID 12-16-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Toilet System 301 ALL
___________________
SCHEDULED SERVICING 12-20-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
CLEANING 12-21-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
EXTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-11
SERVICING 301 ALL
External Cleaning 301 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
INTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-12
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Cockpit 301 ALL
Display-Units
Cleaning of the Cockpit 305 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
Cleaning of the Carpets and 311 ALL
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces 317 ALL
and Mirrors
Cleaning of the Seat Covers and 322 ALL
the Curtains
Cleaning of the Light Alloy and 325 ALL
Steel Components
Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments 328 ALL
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and 333 ALL
Display Screens (if installed)
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin 334 ALL
in the Lavatories
Cleaning of the Galleys 338 ALL
Disinfection of the Aircraft 342 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Aircraft 347 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Fuselage 353 ALL
Pressurized Areas with
Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
Special Precautions to Apply 364 ALL
Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary
Area Compartments and Cargo
Compartments, during Turn-Around
DUST REMOVAL 12-21-13
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Avionics 701 ALL
Compartment
Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 717 ALL
103VU, 106VU and 107VU
LUBRICATION 12-22-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Equipment and Materials 1 ALL
Lubricant Specifications 1 ALL
General Requirements 1 ALL
Lubrication Symbols 1 ALL
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-22-27
12-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Trimmable 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Ball Screw Nut
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on 309 ALL
all Flap Tracks
Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 316 ALL
Servo Control Bearings
Lubrication of all Slat Track 321 ALL
Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions
and Rack Teeth
Lubrication of the THS Mechanical 327 ALL
Control Chains
Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable 335 ALL
(Area of Tension Regulator)
LANDING GEAR 12-22-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the MLG and Doors 301 ALL
Lubrication of the NLG and Doors 318 ALL
DOORS 12-22-52
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 301 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors
Lubrication of the Door-Warning 314 ALL
Proximity-Switch
Actuating-Mechanism
Lubrication of the External 318 ALL
Control Handles of the FWD and AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors
Lubrication of the BULK Cargo 323 ALL
Compartment-Door Handle
Lubrication of the Avionics 327 ALL
Compartment-Door Handles
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 331 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door Handle
Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide 338 ALL
Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming
Mechanism
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm 345 ALL
Support-Fitting Bearings
FUSELAGE 12-22-53
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Trimmable 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings with Grease
Mat. No. 04-004
12-CONTENTS Page 6
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Lubrication of Trimmable 305 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings with Grease
Mat. No. 04-037
STABILIZERS 12-22-55
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Rudder Bearing 301 ALL
No. 6
WINDOWS 12-22-56
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding 301 ALL
Window Tracks
DRAINAGE 12-24-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
The drainage points and their 1 ALL
locations are specified in
12-00-00 page 1.
AIR DATA SYSTEM 12-24-34
SERVICING 301 ALL
Bleeding of the Standby Air Data 301 ALL
System
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 12-24-38
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Draining of the Potable Water 201 ALL
System (with Electrical Power)
Draining of the Potable Water 207 ALL
System (without Electrical Power)
_____________________
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING 12-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Equipment and Materials
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION 12-31-11
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Anti-Icing Protection
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL 12-31-12
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in 201 ALL
an Open Area (Engines Stopped)
De-icing with the Aircraft Parked 208 ALL
in an Open Area (Engines Running)
De-icing of the Aircraft by 214 ALL
InfraRed Facilities
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR 12-31-21
CONDITIONING
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Air 201 ALL
Conditioning
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL 12-31-24
POWER
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Electrical Power
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-25
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT 12-31-27
CONTROLS
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight 201 ALL
Controls
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL 12-31-28
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-31
INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND
NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Indicating/Recording systems and
Navigation
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING 12-31-32
GEAR
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 8
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing 201 ALL
Gear
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN 12-31-35
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen 201 ALL
System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ 12-31-38
WASTE
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Water/Waste
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE 12-31-49
AUXILIARY POWER
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Auxiliary Power Unit
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE 12-31-51
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Structure
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS 12-31-52
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT 12-31-71
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Power 201 ALL
Plant
12-CONTENTS Page 9
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Sampling for Analysis 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-32-79
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling of the Oil For Analysis 301 ALL
PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Pre-conditioning through the LP 201 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning through the HP 205 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning with the APU 210 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
SERVICING 301 ALL
Pre-conditioning through the LP 301 ALL
Ground Connection
12-CONTENTS Page 10
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 330 ALL
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 336 ALL
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 3075GX
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 342 ALL
System of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6201CM
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 348 ALL
System of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6201CM
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 354 ALL
System of the Slat Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6001CM
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 360 ALL
System of the Slat Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6001CM.
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 366 ALL
System of the Constant Speed
Motor/Generator (CSM/G) 8XE
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 372 ALL
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 378 ALL
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in 384 ALL
the Green Hydraulic System
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in 397 ALL
the Yellow Hydraulic System
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in A309 ALL
the Blue Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A319 ALL
in the Green Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A325 ALL
in the Yellow Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A331 ALL
in the Blue Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Green A335 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow A343 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Blue A350 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Hydraulic System
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A357 ALL
of the Yellow Hydraulic System
with the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid
Change (DH0501)
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A373 ALL
of the Green Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A387 ALL
of the Blue Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
12-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
SERVICING - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This chapter provides the instructions related to the replenishing and
scheduled and unscheduled servicing operations applicable to the aircraft.
It is broken down as follows:
- REPLENISHING (Ref. ATA 12-10),
- SCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-20),
- UNSCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-30).
2. NO
_______________
STEP Areas
(Ref. Fig. 001)
On the aircraft, a black point strip shows the NO STEPareas.
The position of the english or bilingual markings permits to read them when
you go near the aircraft from either the front or the rear.
It is permitted to walk on the THS in the center section only to use
protective mat of 3/8 inch thick rubber.It is not permitted to walk on the
leading/trailing edges and the tips.
3. Ground
__________________________
Service Connections
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ITEM| DESIGNATION |Mean Height from Ground in Meters|
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
R | 1A |Forward Lavatory Service Door | 2.35 (7.8) |
R | | (If installed) | |
| 1B |Aft Lavatory Service Door | 2.79 (9.1) |
| 2A |Potable Water Service Door | 1.75 (5.8) |
| 2B |Potable Water Service Door | 2.59 (8.6) |
| 3 |External Power Receptacle | 2.00 (6.7) |
| 4 |Ground Service Conditioned Air | 2.60 (8.6) |
| |Connection | |
| 5 |HP Air Ground Connector | 1.76 (5.7) |
| 6 |Hydraulic System Ground Service Panels| 1.76 (5.7) |
| 7 |Engine Oil Filling Connector : | |
| |- Gravity Filling Cap | 1.46 (4.9) |
| |- Pressure Filling Connection | 1.42 (4.7) |
| 8 |Refuel/Defuel Coupling | 3.40 (11.2) |
| 9A |Gravity Filling Panels (R. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 9B |Gravity Filling Panels (L. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 10 |Refuel/Defuel Control Panel | 1.80 (5.9) |
| 11 |APU Oil Filling Connector | 4.20 (13.7) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 1
May 01/08
AXM
NO STEP Areas
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 2
Aug 01/05
AXM
Ground Service Connections
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 3
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Drainage
_______________
Points
(Ref. Fig. 003)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
| | | ( ft. ) |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
| 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 4 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.75 ( 5.80 ) |
| 5 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
| | WASTE DRAIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 4
Aug 01/05
AXM
Drainage Points
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 5
Aug 01/05
AXM
SERVICING - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
R TASK 12-00-00-481-002
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE YOU ARE ALWAYS ATTACHED WHEN YOU ARE ON THE WING.
_______
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 201
Aug 01/07
AXM
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-00-00-866-051
R (1) Make sure that the flaps and the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-
R 50-00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
R Subtask 12-00-00-941-061
R B. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flap and slat control lever.
R Subtask 12-00-00-010-052
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R wing.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-00-00-481-052
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 202
Aug 01/07
AXM
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 203
Aug 01/07
AXM
R (a) The Wingrip system includes the individual pad system or the
R multi-pad system.
R 1
_ Individual pad system
R The individual pad system contains a Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) installed on the wing in an area near the working
R zone. A primary hose (2) connects the Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) to the vacuum module (1). The body harness (3) is
R attached to the Wingrip single-point anchor with the double
R lanyard (4).
R 2
_ Multi-pad system
R The multi-pad system contains two Wingrip end anchors (8). A
R primary hose (7) connects the anchor (8) to the vacuum module
R (6). The multi-pad system also contains Wingrip intermediate
R anchors (9) and secondary hoses (13) (the quantity is related
R to the system length). The body harness (10) (one for each
R user) is attached to the Wingrip shuttle (12) with the double
R lanyard (11).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-00-00-081-053
R Subtask 12-00-00-942-056
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
EFF :
ALL 12-00-00
Page 204
Aug 01/07
AXM
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides all data for accomplishment of replenishing
operations.
It is divided as follows:
- FUEL SYSTEM (Ref. ATA 12-11),
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Ref. ATA 12-12),
- OIL (Ref. ATA 12-13),
- GAS (Ref. ATA 12-14),
- WATER (Ref. ATA 12-15),
- TOILET SANITARY FLUID (Ref. ATA 12-16),
- RAIN REPELLENT (Ref. ATA 12-17).
EFF :
ALL 12-10-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
FUEL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________
1. General
_______
Refer to (Ref. 20-31-00) for data on the types of fuel that can be used.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
FUEL SYSTEM - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-11-28-650-001
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-064
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-050
A. Safety Precautions
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
R (1) You must obey the Fuel Safety Procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
R when you refuel/defuel an aircraft.
(2) Do not let the tanker go near the aircraft until the anti-collision
lights have been set to OFF.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 301
May 01/06
AXM
Refuel Safety Area
Figure 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure, make sure that all the
electrical circuits in the fuel system are complete.
(4) Do not spill fuel on the engines or the brakes. If you spill fuel on
engines or brakes that are hot, it can cause fires.
(6) Move all the equipment and material which is not necessary for the
refuel/defuel procedure out of the safety area.
(7) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple
R indicator has sufficient pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
R yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
(8) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARK BRK is on.
R (9) If the Main Landing Gear (MLG) doors are open during the refuel
R procedure:
- visually examine the tires and shock absorbers
- make sure you will have sufficient clearance to the ground after
the refuel is complete.
R (10) Make sure that the chocks are in the correct position.
(11) Make sure that there is no equipment below the aircraft which can
cause damage. The weight of the fuel can suddenly compress the
landing gear and lower the aircraft.
(12) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure make sure that these are
available:
- a fuelling supervisor or fuelling safety person
- the correct fire-fighting equipment
- approved persons to use the fire-fighting equipment.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
(13) Make sure that the overboard vent lines are not blocked. If they are
blocked, damage to the fuel tanks can occur.
(14) Make sure that the fuel tanker (or hydrant) contains the correct
fuel. The correct fuels are shown in the Flight Manual (Ref. FM
2.04.00).
(15) Make sure that the fuel tanker or the pump unit (if you use a hydrant
to refuel the aircraft) is in the correct position.
(16) Make sure that, if there is an emergency, you can move the fuel
tanker/pump unit and the other equipment away quickly.
R (18) Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) starts or shutdowns are permitted during
R refuel/ defuel procedures. If it is necessary to operate the APU, the
R limits that follow apply:
(b) You must complete a normal APU shutdown if a fuel spill has
occurred during the refuel/defuel procedure.
(19) Make sure that the electrical equipment you use will not cause a
spark.
(22) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not fill the oxygen system or
change the oxygen bottles.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 304
Aug 01/08
AXM
(24) Do not refuel the aircraft if a fire or engine overheat warning is
displayed on the flight deck.
(26) You are not permitted to remove, install or test aircraft batteries
or related equipment during refuelling.
(27) Do not use the microphone on the High Frequency (HF) transmitter
during refuel/defuel operations.
(29) Obey the safety distances for 60 m (196.85 ft.) from aircraft:
(a) Stop the fuel tanker 60 m (196.85 ft.) from the aircraft nose
while the weather radar operates. Do not operate the fuel
tanker/pump unit until you stop operation of the weather radar.
(30) Obey the safety distances for 30 m (98.42 ft.) from aircraft:
(31) Obey the safety distances for 15 m (49.21 ft.) from aircraft:
(a) Put NO SMOKING warning notices around the work area not less
than 15 m (49.21 ft.) from the refuel/defuel equipment and
aircraft and aircraft tank vents.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 305
Aug 01/05
AXM
(32) Obey the safety distances for 6 m (19.68 ft.) from aircraft:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
(a) Ground power units (GPUs) can be operated when they are put not
less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the aircraft filling and venting points
- the hydrant valves and other refuel/defuel equipment when in
use.
(d) Do not operate the items that follow inside the 6 m (19.68 ft.)
zone:
- radios
- radio telephones (cell phones or mobile phones)
- pagers
- switches on lighting systems of other than intrinsically safe
types.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-650-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-11-28-941-065
R A. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 307
May 01/07
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-051
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Open all the hangar doors. Do not close the hangar doors until you
have completed the refuel/defuel procedure.
(2) Make the limits of the safety area the limits of the hangar.
(3) Put the safety barriers and the NO SMOKING warning notices at all
the hangar entrances.
(a) Move the equipment which is not necessary for the refuel/defuel
procedure from between the aircraft and the hangar exit.
(5) Make sure that the driver of the fuel tanker puts the fuel tanker in
the correct position adjacent to the aircraft. Keep the exit of the
hangar clear for the fuel tanker.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 308
May 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-650-003
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 309
May 01/07
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the
R applicable refuel coupling 100QM(40QM).
(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the chocks to catch.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 310
May 01/07
AXM
Refuel/Defuel Coupling
Figure 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 311
Aug 01/05
AXM
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
Figure 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 312
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-281-051
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-051
D. Get Access
R NOTE : After the refuel control panel access door has opened, if you
____
R use refuel battery power only: it is not possible to start the
refuel sequence until after approximately 35 seconds.
R This is because the Fuel Quantity Indication Computer (FQIC) and FLSS
R BITE sequences operate first.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 313
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-860-051
WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
R switch to the ON position and release.
NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the HI LVL lights and the DEFUEL/XFR
position and hold it there OPEN lights are on and the CKPT and
END lights come on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all 8s.
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change condition.
position and hold it there If they were on, they will go off. If
they were off, they will come on
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 314
May 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their
initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-074
R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.
R (4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT switch
to the REFUEL position.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL display increases.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 315
May 01/08
AXM
(7) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the FUEL QTY displays increase.
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-052
R A. Refuel on Batteries
R (1) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
R configuration before the subsequent flight.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 316
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-862-050
Subtask 12-11-28-869-067
D. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
refuel/defuel coupling.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-051
E. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 317
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-650-004
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 318
May 01/07
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the
R applicable refuel coupling 100QM(40QM).
(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 319
May 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-281-052
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).
Subtask 12-11-28-860-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
(2) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-053
D. Get Access
NOTE : Make sure that the door is closed when the refuel operation is
____
completed. If not, the battery can discharge.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 320
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-860-057
WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
switch to the ON position and release.
NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - put the TEST switch to the LTS - the High (HI) Level (LVL) lights and
R position and hold it there the DEFUEL/XFR OPEN lights are on and
R the CKPT and END lights come on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all 8s.
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change their
position and hold it there condition. If they were on, they will
go off. If they were off, they will
come on
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 321
Aug 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their
initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-054
R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.
(b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
to the OPEN position.
(c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
be refuelled to the SHUT position.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
displays increase.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 322
May 01/08
AXM
(b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
fuel tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.
(c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
switch to the SHUT position.
R (5) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
on the switch.
(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).
R (7) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower DU
shows the correct fuel quantities.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-058
A. Aircraft Configuration
R
R (1) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
R configuration before the subsequent flight.
R (3) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
R refuel/defuel coupling.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 323
May 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 324
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-650-005
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 325
May 01/07
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the
R applicable refuel coupling 100QM(40QM).
(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 326
May 01/07
AXM
Refuel Valve
Figure 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 327
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-281-053
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).
Subtask 12-11-28-010-054
C. Get Access
R (4) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-059
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 328
May 01/08
AXM
(4) Release the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI) of the tanks to be
refuelled (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : BE CAREFUL NOT TO FILL THE TANKS MORE THAN NECESSARY NEAR THE END
_______
OF THE REFUEL. BECAUSE THERE IS NO ELECTRICAL POWER, THE
HIGH-LEVEL PROTECTION SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM SAFE
_______
PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
Subtask 12-11-28-650-056
(2) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the refuel valve(s) of the
applicable fuel tank(s).
(3) Use the MLIs to monitor the quantity of fuel in each tank (Ref. TASK
12-11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity. If the intercell
transfer valves are open, the full capacity of a wing tank is
less than normal.
R NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
R prevent the risk of structural damage.
(4) When the quantity of fuel in a tank is correct, release the manual
plunger on the related refuel valve.
(5) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(6) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
configuration before the subsequent flight.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 329
Aug 01/06
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-060
A. Aircraft Configuration
(2) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
refuel coupling.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-054
B. Close Access
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
(a) Install the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM) and close
the applicable access panel 522JB(622JB).
(2) If you have refuelled the center tank, close the MLG door 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-11-28-942-056
C. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 330
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 331
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-650-006
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 332
May 01/07
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the wing
leading edge at the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
Subtask 12-11-28-281-054
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 333
May 01/07
AXM
Gravity Refuel Cap
Figure 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 334
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-860-065
(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.
(2) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.
(a) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(6) If the intercell transfer valves are closed, open the access door
192MB.
Subtask 12-11-28-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 335
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-860-063
(1) After five seconds, remove the safety clips and the tags and close
the circuit breakers 1QP, 2QP, 3QP and 4QP.
NOTE : The intercell transfer valves will stay open until the next
____
refuel selection.
R (2) Make sure that the ECAM Display Unit (DU) shows the intercell
R transfer valves in the open position.
Subtask 12-11-28-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-060
NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
on, if:
- there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
applicable wing-tank.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 336
Aug 01/08
AXM
R (4) Put the fuel nozzle in the overwing refuel point.
CAUTION : KEEP THE RATE OF REFUEL THE SAME AS, OR LESS THAN, THE RATE
_______
OF FLOW THROUGH THE TRANSFER VALVES.
R (6) Use the fuel pumps in the wing tanks to move the fuel to the center
tank from the wing tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
R (7) Monitor the fuel quantities continuously on the ECAM lower DU.
NOTE : The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point on the
____
wing. Thus you cannot refuel the wing tanks to full.
R (8) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
R (9) Remove the fuel nozzle from the overwing refuel point.
R (11) Disconnect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle from the wing
ground-connection.
R (13) Correct the fuel configuration (move the fuel from the inner cells of
the wing tanks to fill the outer cells of the wing tanks (Ref. TASK
28-25-00-869-001)).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-062
A. Aircraft Configuration
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 337
May 01/08
AXM
(2) To close the intercell transfer valves:
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU put the MODE SELECT
switch to REFUEL.
(b) Make sure that the ECAM DU shows the intercell transfer valves
closed (cross-line).
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT
switch to OFF.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-057
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-064
C. Aircraft Configuration
Subtask 12-11-28-942-058
D. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 338
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-860-001
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-861-054
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 339
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-069
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 ADIRS switches to the NAV position:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
A. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the AIDS indication.
B. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS ALPHA CALL-UP page comes into
the PARM ALPHA CALL-UP view.
indication.
4. On the MCDU keypad enter the code ROLL appears at the bottom of the
for ROLL into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
R 5. Push the 2L line key. The ROLL data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
7. On the MCDU keypad enter the code PITCH appears at the bottom of the
for PTCH into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
R 8. Push the 3L line key. The PITCH data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
10. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the CLEAR ALL indication.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 340
Aug 01/06
AXM
(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.
(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.
(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the MLI procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
TABLE 1
R
R -------------------------------------------
R | Pitch | Ref | Roll | Ref |
R -------------------------------------------
R | minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
R -------------------------------------------
R | minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
R -------------------------------------------
R | minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
R -------------------------------------------
R | 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
R -------------------------------------------
R | plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
R -------------------------------------------
R | plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
R -------------------------------------------
R | plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
R -------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-070
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 switches on the ADIRS to the OFF
position.
(a) Push the RETURN key until the initial screen shows.
Subtask 12-11-28-862-054
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 341
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-860-002
Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-860-071
R (2) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 342
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/1 1QT A13
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHANNEL/1 AND 2 8QT L26
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/2 2QT M27
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-072
NOTE : The FQIS input parameter pages are not automatically updated. The
____
R operation of the Fuel System can be monitored through the
R Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) input parameter pages. The
R pages must be continuously updated. Use the NEXT PAGE control on
R the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) to cycle the
R pages to update the screen.
(1) When the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu page comes into view, do this
procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the FUEL Main Menu first page comes
FUEL indication. into view.
2. On the MCDU control panel push - the FUEL Main Menu second page comes
the NEXT PAGE key. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the MCDU shows the page FQIS INPUT
INPUT PARAMETER VALUES PARAMETERS - RECORD THE PITCH AND
indication. ROLL DATA.
(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 343
Aug 01/08
AXM
(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.
R (4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
R in the Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI) procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
TABLE 1
R
R -----------------------------------------
R | Pitch | Ref | Roll | Ref |
R -----------------------------------------
R | minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
R -----------------------------------------
R | minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
R -----------------------------------------
R | minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
R -----------------------------------------
R | 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
R -----------------------------------------
R | plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
R -----------------------------------------
R | plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
R -----------------------------------------
R | plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
R -----------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-073
(a) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU Menu page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 344
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-11-28-650-007
CAUTION : RETRACT THE MLIs AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. YOU CAN EASILY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
_______
AN EXTENDED MLI.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 345
Aug 01/05
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-058
A. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
Subtask 12-11-28-281-050
B. Fuel Sampling
(1) Get a fuel sample from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) and
measure its Specific Gravity (SG).
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 346
Aug 01/05
AXM
Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Figure 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 347
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-010-058
C. Get Access
Subtask 12-11-28-860-066
(1) Find and write down the aircraft attitude figure (pitch and roll
data) as follows:
- use the ADIRU to find the aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-860-001)
or
- use the FQIC input parameters to find the aircraft attitude figure
(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-869-053
(a) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable MLI and turn it through
90 deg.
(b) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the
MLI until you feel the magnets engage.
(c) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and
write down the number.
(2) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg. to
lock it.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 348
Aug 01/05
AXM
How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
Figure 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-012
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 349
Aug 01/05
AXM
How to Read the CTR MLI
Figure 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-024
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 350
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Find the volume of fuel in each tank as follows:
(a) Use the applicable MLI stick number and the applicable aircraft
attitude grid-square letter to find the correct fuel quantity
table.
NOTE : For a
____ grid reading of C3:
- use the attitude monitor reading CLEFT WING column 3 for
the LH wing
- use the attitude monitor reading CRIGHT WING column 3
for the RH wing.
(b) Find the applicable MLI unit number row and the applicable
aircraft attitude (grid-square letter and number) row in the
table. Find the intersection of the applicable rows to give the
correct volume of fuel in the tank.
NOTE : Only even number MLI units are listed in the tables. To
____
calculate the volume of fuel for uneven numbers,
interpolate between the nearest even numbers in the table.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 351
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G
Figure 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-014
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 352
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G
Figure 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-025
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 353
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes A and G
Figure 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-015
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 354
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes A and G
Figure 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-026
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 355
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes A and G
Figure 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-036
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 356
Aug 01/05
AXM
- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-016)
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 357
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
Figure 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-016
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 358
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F
Figure 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-027
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 359
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes B and F
Figure 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-017
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 360
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes B and F
Figure 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-028
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 361
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes B and F
Figure 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-037
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 362
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E
Figure 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-018
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 363
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E
Figure 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-029
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 364
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes C and E
Figure 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-019
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 365
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes C and E
Figure 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-030
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 366
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes C and E
Figure 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-038
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 367
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D
Figure 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-020
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 368
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitude D
Figure 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-031
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 369
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitude D
Figure 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-034
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 370
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitude D
Figure 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-035
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 371
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitude D
Figure 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-039
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 372
Aug 01/05
AXM
(Ref. Fig. 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)
(4) Add together the values for each tank to find the total volume of
fuel.
(5) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the SG of the fuel. The
result is the total mass of the fuel.
NOTE : MLI No. 5 can only record a maximum fuel reading of 850 l
____
(224.5444 USgal). The maximum capacity of the outer wing cell
is 880 l (232.4695 USgal).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 373
Aug 01/08
AXM
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes A and G
Figure 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-021
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 374
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes B and F
Figure 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-032
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 375
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes C and E
Figure 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-022
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 376
Aug 01/05
AXM
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitude D
Figure 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-033
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 377
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-11-28-942-059
B. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-11-28
Page 378
Aug 01/05
AXM
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The hydraulic fluid instructions give specifications and special
instructions.
R (1) The aircraft hydraulic systems are filled with hydraulic fluids on
R phosphate ester base. The Material Numbers (Mat No.) are as follows:
- 02-003,
- 02-003A,
- 02-003B,
- 02-003C,
- 02-003D.
R - 02-003E
(2) The hydraulic fluid is specified by the operator. All fluids are to
NSA 307110 specification. They can be mixed.
B. Fluid Monitoring
(1) Hydraulic fluid with a high degree of cleanliness is required for the
correct operation of the hydraulic systems and equipment.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 1
May 01/08
AXM
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 2
May 01/08
AXM
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 3
May 01/08
AXM
NOTE : The degree of cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid used for
____
R replenishing (topping up of the hydraulic systems and
R hydraulic cart reservoirs) must agree with class 7 of the NAS
specification 1638 (initial state).
(1) The quality of the hydraulic fluid must be in the limits given in
Fig. 002.
(a) If the water or chlorine content of the hydraulic fluid are equal
or more than the permitted values:
Clean it with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J):
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-003)
Or change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 4
May 01/08
AXM
Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service Limits
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 5
May 01/08
R
AXM
(c) If the conductivity of the hydraulic fluid is less than the
permitted value:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 6
May 01/08
R
AXM
Characteristics of Mineral Base Fluids
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 12-12-00
Page 7
May 01/08
AXM
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-12-29-611-001
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 301
Nov 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 302
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-860-051
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 12-12-29-010-054
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the left Main Landing Gear (MLG) door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-12-29-210-052
(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-
001).
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-12-29-863-050
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Yellow E-pump
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator
system to 206 bar (2987.7766 psi).
(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.
(6) Put the warning notices on the panel 40VU in the cockpit to tell
persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-29-611-052
(1) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the service panel of the
Yellow hydraulic system.
(2) On the service panel of the Green hydraulic system, connect the hand
pump lever 3270GM to the shaft of the hand pump 1009GM.
(3) Remove the flexible hose 1699GM from the service panel compartment of
the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the flexible hose to the fill
valve 1698GM. Put the other end in the hydraulic fluid container with
one of these hydraulic fluids:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
R (5) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the position that is correct for the
R system you will fill.
R (6) Make sure that, on the quantity indicator 1834GQ, the colored light
R of the related system comes on.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 305
May 01/08
AXM
Ground Service Panel of the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
(b) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:
1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
almost to the fill level given in the table.
2
_ Slowly continue to fill again, until the pointer shows almost
to the fill level given in the table.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
R | |-------------------------| |
R | | LITERS | US GAL | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | GREEN SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 23 | 6.1 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 14 | 3.7 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | BLUE SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 10 | 2.6 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |
EFF :
001-099, 101-114, 116-200, 12-12-29
Page 307
Aug 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
| |-------------------------| |
| | LITERS | US GAL | |
|-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | Fill Level | 6 | 1.6 | AT 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 2 | 0.5 | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 20 | 5.3 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 12 | 3.2 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | | | | with the normal nitrogen|
R | | | | precharging pressure in |
R | | | | the brake accumulator |
R | | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary|
R | | | | brake system pressurized|
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(10) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(11) Remove the flexible hose and install the blanking cap on the pump.
(12) Put the flexible hose back in position in the service panel
compartment of the Green hydraulic system.
(13) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the hand pump 1009GM. Then put
the hand pump lever in position on the service panel of the Yellow
hydraulic system.
EFF :
001-099, 101-114, 116-200, 12-12-29
Page 308
Aug 01/08
AXM
(14) If you filled the hydraulic reservoir after:
- Maintenance
- Removal/installation of hydraulic components
- Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
- High loss of hydraulic fluid,
Subtask 12-12-29-611-052-A
(1) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the service panel of the
Yellow hydraulic system.
(2) On the service panel of the Green hydraulic system, connect the hand
pump lever 3270GM to the shaft of the hand pump 1009GM.
(3) Remove the flexible hose 1699GM from the service panel compartment of
the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the flexible hose to the fill
valve 1698GM. Put the other end in the hydraulic fluid container with
one of these hydraulic fluids:
(5) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the position that is correct for the
system you will fill.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 309
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
R (6) Make sure that on the quantity indicator 1834GQ, the colored light of
R the related system comes on.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
(a) Operate the hand pump 1009GM and monitor the increase of the
fluid level on the quantity indicator.
(a) Make sure that the pointer of the quantity indicator moves almost
to the fill level given in the table.
(b) Stop the flow of hydraulic fluid when the pointer shows almost
the fill level given in the table.
EFF :
115-115, 12-12-29
Page 310
Aug 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
R | |-------------------------| |
R | | LITERS | US GAL | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | GREEN SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 23 | 6.1 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 14 | 3.7 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | BLUE SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 10 | 2.6 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |
R | Fill Level | 6 | 1.6 | AT 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 2 | 0.5 | |
R |-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
R | YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 20 | 5.3 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 12 | 3.2 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | | | | with the normal nitrogen|
R | | | | precharging pressure in |
R | | | | the brake accumulator |
R | | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary|
R | | | | brake system pressurized|
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
115-115, 12-12-29
Page 311
Aug 01/08
AXM
(11) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(12) Remove the flexible hose and install the blanking cap on the pump.
(13) Put the flexible hose back in position in the service panel
compartment of the Green hydraulic system.
(14) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the hand pump 1009GM. Put the
hand pump lever in position on the service panel of the Yellow
hydraulic system.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access panels 197CB, 198CB and if necessary 197EB.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 312
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-12-29-860-050
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 313
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-12-29-611-002
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 314
Nov 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 315
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-860-053
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 12-12-29-010-056
B. Get Access
R (2) Open the left Main Landing Gear (MLG) door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 316
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-12-29-210-053
(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
(4) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-12-29-863-051
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator system to 206 bar
(2987.7766 psi).
(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.
(5) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic systems.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 317
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-29-611-053
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU CONNECT THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART. MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE LESS
THAN THESE LIMITS:
- THE SUPPLY PRESSURE MUST BE LESS THAN 30 BAR (435.1132
PSI).
- THE FLOW RATE MUST BE LESS THAN 12L/MIN (3.1700 US
GAL/MIN).
IF THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE MORE THAN
THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR.
R (b) Connect a hydraulic service cart with one of the hydraulic fluids
R that follow to the reservoir fill connection 1007GM:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
R (2) Turn the selector valve 1134GQ to the correct position of the related
R hydraulic system which you will fill.
(3) Make sure that on the quantity indicator 1834GQ the colored light of
the related system comes on.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 318
May 01/08
AXM
(a) Operate the hydraulic service cart with a minimum output pressure
of 7 bar (101.5263 psi).
(c) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:
1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
almost to the fill level given in the table.
2
_ Slowly continue to fill again until the pointer shows almost
the fill level given in the table.
EFF :
001-099, 101-114, 116-200, 12-12-29
Page 319
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
R | |-------------------------| |
R | | LITRES | US GAL | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | GREEN SYSTEM | |||
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 23 | 6.1 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 14 | 3.7 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | BLUE SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 10 | 2.6 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |
R | Fill Level | 6 | 1.6 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 2 | 0.5 | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | | | | |
R | YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 20 | 5.3 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 12 | 3.2 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | | | | with the normal nitrogen |
R | | | | precharging pressure in |
R | | | | the brake accumulator |
R | | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary |
R | | | | brake system pressurized |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) If the reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic
fluid:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).
EFF :
001-099, 101-114, 116-200, 12-12-29
Page 320
Aug 01/08
AXM
(6) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.
(7) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(8) Disconnect the hydraulic service cart from the reservoir fill
connection 1007GM and install the blanking cap.
Subtask 12-12-29-611-053-A
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU CONNECT THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART. MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE LESS
THAN THESE LIMITS:
- THE SUPPLY PRESSURE MUST BE LESS THAN 30 BAR (435.1132
PSI).
- THE FLOW RATE MUST BE LESS THAN 12L/MIN (3.1700 US
GAL/MIN).
IF THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE MORE THAN
THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 321
May 01/08
AXM
R (b) Connect a hydraulic service cart with one of the hydraulic fluids
R that follow to the reservoir fill connection 1007GM:
1
_ For the Green hydraulic system:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
2
_ For the Yellow and Blue hydraulic system:
- HYDRAULIC FLUID SKYDROL PE-5 supplied by the vendor SOLUTIA.
R (2) Turn the selector valve 1134GQ to the correct position of the related
R hydraulic system which you will fill.
(3) Make sure that on the quantity indicator 1834GQ the colored light of
the related system comes on.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
R (a) Operate the hydraulic service cart with a minimum output pressure
R of 7 bar (101.5263 psi).
R 1
_ Make sure that the pointer of the quantity indicator moves
R almost to the fill level given in the table.
R 2
_ Stop the flow of hydraulic fluid when the pointer shows almost
R the fill level given in the table.
EFF :
115-115, 12-12-29
Page 322
May 01/08
AXM
NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change
____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
R | |-------------------------| |
R | | LITRES | US GAL | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | GREEN SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 23 | 6.1 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
R | Fill Level | 14 | 3.7 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | BLUE SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 10 | 2.6 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |
R | Fill Level | 6 | 1.6 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | Low Level Warning | 2 | 0.5 | |
R |------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | | | | |
R | YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
R | | | | |
R | Total Capacity | 20 | 5.3 | |
R | Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
R | the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
EFF :
115-115, 12-12-29
Page 323
Aug 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
| |-------------------------| |
| | LITRES | US GAL | |
|------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
R | Fill Level | 12 | 3.2 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
R | | | | with the normal nitrogen |
R | | | | precharging pressure in |
R | | | | the brake accumulator |
R | | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary |
R | | | | brake system pressurized |
R | Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) If the reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic
fluid:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).
(7) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(8) Disconnect the hydraulic service cart from the reservoir fill
connection 1007GM and install the blanking cap.
EFF :
115-115, 12-12-29
Page 324
Aug 01/08
AXM
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-12-29-860-052
EFF :
ALL 12-12-29
Page 325
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________
TASK 12-12-32-611-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : On A318 and A319CJ aircraft, the NLG shock absorber must be
____
replenished with the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
R It is not possible to replenish the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) shock
R absorber with the aircraft on the ground.
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 301
Aug 01/08
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 302
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA)
is in the DOWN position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-050
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 303
Aug 01/07
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-614-074
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
(a) Install the GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE (10) on the 3-way
valve (12).
(b) Connect the 3-way valve (12) to the filling hose (11).
(c) Connect the hydraulic supply hose (18) between the hand pump (17)
and the three-way valve (12).
(d) Connect the hydraulic source hose (16) between the hand pump (17)
and the hydraulic source.
(e) Connect the bleed hose (14) between the 3-way valve (12) and the
drain container (15).
(f) Fill the hydraulic source with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
(2) Open the control valves (13) and (20) and operate the hand pump (17)
to bleed the filling system. Close the valves (20) and (13).
(3) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (6) as
follows:
R (4) Remove the blanking cap (7) from the charging valve (6):
(a) Remove the cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(b) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 304
Aug 01/08
AXM
NLG Shock Absorber Replenishment - Location and Detail
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 305
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 306
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(c) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
knurled shoulder (3) to install the seal (4) on the charging
valve (6).
(5) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the FILLING
ASSEMBLY and hand tighten.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE
SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE
AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES
_______
IN YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Move the wrench (9) down and slowly turn counterclockwise to open
the charging valve (6) and release the nitrogen pressure.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you deflate the
____
shock absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock
when the shock absorber gets to the lower limit of its
travel.
(b) Slowly open the control valve (13) to let the shock absorber
fully deflate.
(c) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, turn the wrench (9)
clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-053
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF PERSONS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT
WILL MOVE.
(1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006), as follows:
R
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 307
Aug 01/08
AXM
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that you compress the
____
shock absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock when
the shock absorber gets to the limit of its travel.
(a) Open the control valve (20) and slowly open the charging valve
(6).
(b) Slowly operate the hand pump (17) to pressurize the shock
absorber until the dimension H is 50 mm (1.9685 in.).
(d) Wait for a minimum of ten minutes to make sure all the air is
removed from the hydraulic fluid.
(e) Slowly open the control valve (13) and let the shock absorber
compress fully.
(f) Do the steps (a) thru (e) again, until all the air is removed
from the hydraulic fluid in the drain container (15).
(g) Keep the shock absorber compressed fully, and close the control
valve (13) and the charging valve (6).
(h) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (18) from the 3-way valve
(12).
(j) Loosen the filling hose (11) at the FILLING ASSEMBLY to let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (15).
(k) Tighten the filling hose (11) on the FILLING ASSEMBLY and close
the control valve (13).
(l) Remove the bleed hose (14) from the three-way valve (12).
(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(b) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 308
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(c) Open the control valves (20) and (13). Open the control valve of
the nitrogen source to release nitrogen pressure and clean the
system.
(h) Slowly open the charging valve (6) to increase the nitrogen
pressure in the shock absorber. Let the shock absorber gradually
inflate until the dimension H is correct and agrees with:
- the temperature of the NLG recorded in step (f)
- the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
R NOTE : After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum
____
R of fifteen minutes to let the pressure become stable.
R Check the pressure/extension again to make sure that they
R have not changed. If necessary, adjust the pressure to
R give the correct dimension H.
(i) Close the control valve of the nitrogen supply, the charging
valve (6) and the control valve (20). Open the control valve (13)
to release the nitrogen from the filling system.
(j) Remove the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(k) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY from the charging valve (6).
(l) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in) and examine for leaks.
(m) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 309
Aug 01/06
AXM
Subtask 12-12-32-780-050
C. Test
(1) Move the aircraft to make the shock absorber move inside its leg.
(2) Do the pressure check of the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-
004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-051
C. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 310
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-611-005
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully raised on jacks
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or raised at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 311
Aug 01/08
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 312
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-064
A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit, to tell persons not to operate
R the landing gear or the landing gear doors.
(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-869-052
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 313
Nov 01/07
AXM
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the flight configuration
R precautions with electrical power before you open the Landing Gear
R Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-582-052
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-003).
Subtask 12-12-32-010-052
D. Get Access
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
NLG.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-614-059
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
(a) Install the pressure gage (10) on the 3-way valve (12).
(b) Connect the 3-way valve (12) to the filling hose (11).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 314
Aug 01/08
AXM
(c) Connect the hydraulic supply hose (18) between the hand pump (17)
and the three-way valve (12).
(d) Connect the hydraulic source hose (16) between the hand pump (17)
and the hydraulic source.
(e) Connect the bleed hose (14) between the 3-way valve (12) and the
drain container (15).
R (f) Fill the hydraulic source with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
(g) Open the control valves (20) and (13) and operate the hand pump
(17) to bleed the system. Close the valves (20) and (13).
(2) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (6) as
follows:
(a) Remove the blanking cap (7) from the charging valve (6).
(b) Remove the cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(c) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6).
(d) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
knurled shoulder (3) to install the seal (4) on the charging
valve (6).
(3) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the FILLING
ASSEMBLY and hand tighten.
(4) Move the wrench (9) down and turn counterclockwise to open the
charging valve (6).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you deflate the shock
____
absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock when the
shock absorber gets to the lower limit of its travel.
(5) Slowly open the control valve (13) to let the shock absorber fully
deflate.
(6) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control valve
(13).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 315
Feb 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-12-32-611-052
R (1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-006), as follows:
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that you compress/extend
____
the shock absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock
when the shock absorber gets to the limit of its travel.
(a) Put the trolley jack under the jacking dome of the shock
absorber.
(c) Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber, while
you monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (15).
(e) Slowly lower the trolley jack until it disengages from the
jacking dome.
(f) Open the control valve (20). Slowly operate the hand pump (17) to
increase the hydraulic supply pressure until the shock absorber
is fully extended.
(g) Close the charging valve (6) and the control valve (20).
(h) Wait for a minimum of ten minutes to make sure all the air is
removed from the hydraulic fluid.
(i) Open the charging valve (6) and the control valve (13) to bleed
the shock absorber.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 316
Feb 01/07
AXM
(j) Use the trolley jack to slowly compress the shock absorber to its
limit.
(k) Do the steps (b) thru (h) again, until all the air is removed
from the hydraulic fluid.
(l) Keep the shock absorber compressed and close the charging valve
(6).
(m) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (18) from the 3-way valve
(12).
(n) Loosen the filling hose (11) at the FILLING ASSEMBLY to let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (15).
(o) Tighten the filling hose (11) on the FILLING ASSEMBLY and close
the control valve (13).
(p) Remove the bleed hose (14) from the three-way valve (12).
(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(b) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(c) Open the control valves (20) and (13). Slowly open the control
valve of the nitrogen source to release nitrogen pressure and
clean the system.
(d) Close the control valves (20) and (13). Connect the filling hose
(11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(f) Lower the trolley jack to let the shock absorber extend fully.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 317
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(g) Slowly open the control valve (6) to increase the nitrogen
pressure. Let the shock absorber gradually inflate until it is
fully inflated.
(i) Close the charging valve (6) and the control valve (20).
R (j) Wait for a minimum of fifteen minutes to let the pressure become
R stable, then open the control valve (20) and the charging valve
R (6). Make sure that the pressure/temperature conditions are the
same as in step (h), if not, do again steps (g) thru (i).
(k) Close the charging valve (6) and the control valve of the
nitrogen source.
(l) Slowly open the control valve (13) to release the nitrogen
pressure from the filling system.
(m) Remove the filling hose (11) and the FILLING ASSEMBLY from the
charging valve (6).
(n) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in) and check for leaks.
(3) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-060
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 318
Aug 01/06
AXM
NLG Shock Absorber - Pressure Table
Figure 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-021
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 319
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-410-052
D. Close Access
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-869-053
E. Ground Configuration
(1) If you opened the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the flight
configuration precautions with electrical power were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-586-051
(1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-780-052
R G. Pressure Check
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-061
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 320
Aug 01/06
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-611-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake reservoir.
____
But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed procedure of
the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001, Filling and Bleeding
of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate Braking).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific safety barriers
No specific standard filling equipment
No specific vinyl tube
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 321
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(3) On panel 110VU, make sure the parking-brake switch is in the OFF
position.
(4) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the brake controls.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-051
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 322
Aug 01/05
AXM
Alternate-Brake Reservoir Replenishment - Detail and Location
Figure 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 323
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-614-075
(1) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the filling valve (3) and disconnect
the drain line (5) from the bleed valve (1).
(3) Put the vinyl tube into a container full of HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003) that does not have gas in it.
(4) Make sure that the pipes on the standard filling equipment are filled
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) which does not have gas
in it. Connect the pipe of the filling equipment to the charging
valve (3).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-050
NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake
____
reservoir. But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed
procedure of the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001,
Filling and Bleeding of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate
Braking).
(2) Use the handpump to fill the brake reservoir (2) with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003). Keep the hydraulic fluid flow rate
constant and at a pressure of less than 4 bar (58 psi) as shown on
the pressure gage.
(3) When the hydraulic fluid that comes from the bleed valve (1) does not
have gas in it, close the bleed valve (1).
(4) Open the bleed valve (1) and put the brake reservoir (2) to its
correct level (on the green ring). Close the bleed valve (1).
(5) Remove the vinyl tube from the bleed valve (1) and disconnect the
pipe from the filling valve (3).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 324
Aug 01/05
AXM
(6) Make sure that there is no leakage of fluid from the bleed valve (1).
(7) Install the blanking cap (4) on the filling valve (3).
(8) TORQUE the blanking cap (4) to between 1.1 and 1.25 m.daN (97.34 and
110.61 lbf.in).
(9) Install the drain line (5) on the bleed valve (1).
(10) TORQUE the drain line (5) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-053
B. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 325
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-611-004
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-063
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-220-051
R NOTE : To do a check of the Main Landing Gear (MLG) shock absorber fluid
____
R level, it is necessary to do a replenishment of the MLG shock
R absorber.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 326
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-611-008
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 327
Feb 01/07
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 328
Feb 01/07
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-068
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-582-055
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the applicable
shock absorber.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-059
(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the bottom charging valve (1).
(2) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the top charging valve (4).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 329
Aug 01/08
AXM
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Replenishment Location and Detail
Figure 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-009
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 330
Aug 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-008
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 331
May 01/08
AXM
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure:
NOTE : During the steps that follow some oil can come out of the
____
top charging valve (4).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the body of the top charging
valve (4).
(6) Remove and discard the packing (5) from the top charging valve
assembly (4).
(a) Install the filler adaptor (17) in the port of the top charging
valve.
(b) TORQUE the filler adaptor (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(d) Connect the filling hose (16) to the elbow fitting (18).
(e) Install the 28 bar (406.1055 psi) pressure gage (15) on the
three-way valve (19).
(f) Connect the three-way valve (19) to the filling hose (16).
(g) Connect the hydraulic pump (24) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(23) to the three-way valve (19) with the supply hose (25).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 332
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(i) Connect the bleed hose (21) between the three-way valve (19) and
the drain container (22).
(k) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (24).
(8) Put the axle jack in position under the jacking dome (6) of the
applicable landing gear. Make sure that the axle jack is free to move
forward and aft.
(b) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber. At the
same time, monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (22).
(c) Close the control valve (20) and open the control valve (26).
(d) Use the hydraulic pump (24) to slowly increase the pressure of
the hydraulic supply to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). Let the pressure
become stable.
(e) Keep the pressure of the hydraulic supply at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi). At the same time, slowly lower the axle jack to let the
shock absorber fully extend.
(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the pressure
become stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi).
(h) Close the control valve (26) and open the control valve (20).
(10) Do the step (9) again until the hydraulic fluid from the bleed hose
(21) contains no air. (There are no bubbles in the fluid).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 333
Aug 01/08
AXM
(11) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
(12) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.
(13) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (25) from the three-way valve
(19).
(14) Loosen the elbow fitting (18) at the filler adaptor (17) and let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (22).
(15) Remove the elbow fitting (18) from the filler adaptor (17).
(16) Close the control valve (20) and remove the bleed hose (21) and the
drain container (22).
(18) Install a new packing (5) to the top charging valve assembly (4).
(19) Install the charging valve assembly (4) in the top charging valve
port.
(20) TORQUE the body of the top charging valve (4) to between 1.13 and
1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(21) Safety the body of the charging valve (4) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).
(22) Make sure that the bottom charging valve (1) and the top charging
valve (4) are closed.
(23) Install the blanking cap (2) on the bottom charging valve (1).
(24) Install the blanking cap (3) on the top charging valve (4).
(26) Do the nitrogen filling of the MLG two-stage shock absorber (aircraft
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 334
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
NOTE : New hydraulic fluid can absorb nitrogen.
____
Shock absorber nitrogen pressure can decrease.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-586-053
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-067
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 335
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-611-006
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 336
May 01/08
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-067
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 337
Aug 01/07
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-054
(1) Remove the sealant from the bleed screw (1) and the bleed plug (2)
with the SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cap assembly (6) and the
bleed screw (1).
(3) Clean the items that follow with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003):
- the bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).
(4) Remove the cap assembly (6) and the bleed screw (1).
(5) Install the ADAPTER - BLEED (460006804) to the bleed plug (2).
(11) You must obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-
910-002).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 338
Aug 01/08
AXM
Torque Link Damper
Figure 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-014
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 339
Aug 01/05
AXM
(12) Supply hydraulic fluid, at a pressure of between 2.42 bar (35 psi)
and 2.75 bar (40 psi), to the check valve (7).
(13) Keep the hydraulic pressure until you get an air-free flow of fluid
from the bleed plug (2).
(14) Increase the pressure of the hydraulic fluid to between 2.75 bar (40
psi) and 3.45 bar (50 psi).
(16) Make sure that the reservoir can (4) moves between 1.5 mm (0.05 in.)
and 3.1 mm (0.12 in.) above the FULL level indicator line.
(17) Keep the hydraulic pressure for a time of 3 minutes. During the 3
minutes make sure that:
- no external leakage of fluid occurs
- the reservoir can (4) does not move.
(20) Measure the quantity of hydraulic fluid that comes out of the check
valve (7) during a time of 15 seconds. There must be no more than 15
drops.
(21) Open the bleed plug (2) slowly until the reservoir can (4) becomes
level with the FULL line. Close the bleed plug (2).
R (23) Remove the bleed hose and the ADAPTER - BLEED from the bleed plug
(2).
(24) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(25) Install the cap assembly (6) on the check valve (7).
(26) Install the bleed screw (1) in the bleed plug (2).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 340
May 01/08
AXM
(27) TORQUE the bleed screw (1) to between 0.17 and 0.22 m.daN (15.04 and
19.46 lbf.in).
(28) TORQUE the cap assembly (7) to between 0.57 and 0.67 m.daN (50.44 and
59.29 lbf.in).
(29) Safety the items that follow with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel
0.8mm (0.032in.) dia.:
- the bleed screw (1) to the piston assembly (3)
- the cap assembly (6) to the adjacent bolt (5).
(30) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the items that follow:
- bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-066
A. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 341
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-610-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : The NLG shock absorber charging pressure must be measured with the
____
R aircraft on the ground and lifted on jacks. This procedure does the
R aircraft on-jacks check first followed by the on-ground check. If
R necessary, the on-ground check can be done first followed by the
R on-jacks check using the procedure in TASK 12-12-32-610-001- 01.
R NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully raised on jacks
____
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or raised at the forward jacking point
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
R NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
R aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
R values recorded are accurate.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 342
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-073
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is
in the DOWN position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 343
Aug 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-12-32-010-054
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-582-056
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-003).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-080
B. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
(1) Do a check of the charge pressure of the NLG shock absorber with the
aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
(3) If the charge pressure is not in the specified limits, adjust the
charge pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 344
Aug 01/08
AXM
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Jacks to start
R Figure 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-024
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 345
Aug 01/06
AXM
R Subtask 12-12-32-586-054
R (1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
R Subtask 12-12-32-614-081
R (1) Do a check of the charge pressure and extension of the NLG shock
R absorber with the aircraft on ground (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
R (2) If the charge pressure and extension are in the specified limits, go
R to Para. 5. A.
R (3) If the charge pressure and extension are not in the specified limits,
R the NLG fluid level must be replenished. Do a hydraulic fluid service
R (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-12-32-410-054
R A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
R door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
R Subtask 12-12-32-942-072
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 346
Aug 01/06
AXM
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 347
Aug 01/06
AXM
TASK 12-12-32-610-001- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : The Nose Landing Gear (NLG) shock absorber charging pressure must be
____
R measured with the aircraft on the ground and lifted on jacks. This
R procedure does the on-ground check first followed by the aircraft
on-jacks check. If necessary, the on-jacks check can be done first
followed by the on-ground check using the procedure in TASK
R 12-12-32-610-001.
NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully raised on jacks
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or raised at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 348
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-074
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is
in the DOWN position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 349
Aug 01/07
AXM
R Subtask 12-12-32-010-055
R B. Get Access
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
R (2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
R each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-12-32-614-082
R (1) Do a check of the charge pressure and extension of the NLG shock
R absorber with the aircraft on ground (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
R (2) If the charge pressure and extension are in the specified limits, go
R to Para. 4. B.
R (3) If the charge pressure and extension are not in the specified limits,
R adjust the charge pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
R Subtask 12-12-32-582-057
R (1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
R 07-11-00-581-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 350
Aug 01/06
AXM
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Ground to start
R Figure 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-025
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 351
Aug 01/06
AXM
R Subtask 12-12-32-614-083
R C. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
R (1) Do a check of the charge pressure of the NLG shock absorber with the
R aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).
R (3) If the charge pressure is not in the specified limits, the NLG fluid
R level must be replenished. Do a hydraulic fluid service (Ref. TASK
R 12-12-32-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
R Subtask 12-12-32-586-055
R (1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-12-32-410-055
R A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
R door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
R Subtask 12-12-32-942-073
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-12-32
Page 352
Aug 01/06
AXM
OIL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to oil replenishing of the engine
and the accessories such as the IDG, the pneumatic starter etc...
EFF :
ALL 12-13-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-13-24-680-040
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 301
May 01/08
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-057
Subtask 12-13-24-941-063
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
Subtask 12-13-24-010-060
Subtask 12-13-24-481-054
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-24-864-059
WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (5).
(2) Remove the dust cap (3) from the overflow drain valve (4).
R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container.
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (4).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (6) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.
Subtask 12-13-24-680-059
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (1).
NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1.0038 USgal) of oil will flow into the
____
container.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 304
May 01/08
AXM
IDG Servicing - IDG Drain and Fill Ports
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-300
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 305
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Remove the O-ring (2) and discard it.
NOTE : - If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
043)
- If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-640-053
C. Lubricate the new O-ring (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-13-24-420-059
(1) Install the new O-ring (2) on the case drain plug (1).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (1) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (1) with Lockwire (Material No. CP8001)
0.032 in. (0.8127 mm) dia..
Subtask 12-13-24-420-065
R (1) Remove the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP from the overflow drain valve (4).
(2) Install the dust cap (3) on the overflow drain valve (4).
Subtask 12-13-24-612-065
F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-041), if you must not remove the IDG.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 306
May 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-440-051
A. Make the thrust reverser serviceable after maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-30-
00-081-041).
Subtask 12-13-24-410-062
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-13-24-862-057
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 307
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-13-24-612-041
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a Level
Check
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 308
Aug 01/05
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 309
May 01/08
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-054
Subtask 12-13-24-941-066
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
Subtask 12-13-24-010-062
Subtask 12-13-24-481-053
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 310
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-24-864-061
WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (5).
(2) Remove the dust cap (3) from the overflow drain valve (4).
R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container.
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (4).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (7) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.
Subtask 12-13-24-612-062
(1) Remove the dust cap (2) from the pressure fill valve (6).
R (2) Connect the pressure fill hose (1) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the pressure fill valve (6).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 311
May 01/08
AXM
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 312
Aug 01/05
AXM
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 313
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Fill the IDG with filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a maximum
pressure of 35 psi (2.4131 bar).
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of approved oil brand-names for
____
IDG servicing.
(4) Stop this operation when the quantity of oil collected from the
R overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is 0.95 l
(0.2509 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 12-13-24-080-062
R (1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (1) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (6).
(2) Install the dust cap (2) on the pressure fill valve (6).
R (3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (7) of the
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (7).
(4) Install the dust cap (3) on the overflow drain valve (4).
Subtask 12-13-24-710-055
Subtask 12-13-24-210-056
NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003). This is to make sure you get
maximum filling of the external oil circuit.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 314
May 01/08
AXM
(1) Inspection of the oil level with or without dry motoring.
CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20⁰C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 315
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):
- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-054
EFF :
ALL 12-13-24
Page 316
Aug 01/05
AXM
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-27-612-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 301
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 302
Aug 01/08
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-13-27-860-051
(1) Pressurise the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).
R (2) Move the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) fully UP to fully DOWN
R more than three times then back to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-220-003).
(3) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the THS.
NOTE : At approximately one hour (after the last movement of the THS
____
actuator) you can do a check of the level of the oil. This
time is necessary for the level of the oil to become stable.
The level of the oil in the THS actuator housing changes with
differences in the housing temperature. At a THS actuator
housing temperature of 20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) the level of the
oil must be at the maximum mark.
(6) On the tail cone, make sure the THS is opposite the 0 mark.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
THS Actuator
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 304
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
Subtask 12-13-27-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
Subtask 12-13-27-010-053
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below zone 310.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-050
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Remove the cap (4) from the oil fill plug (3).
R (2) Install the TOOL - FILL, THSA (0U190363) on the oil fill plug (3).
(3) If necessary (or if the THS actuator gearbox was drained), cut and
discard the lockwire from the plug (1).
(4) Remove the plug (1) and the O-ring (2). Discard the O-ring (2).
(7) Clean the cap (4) with a clean OILS (Material No. 03-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 305
Aug 01/08
AXM
(8) Install the cap (4).
(9) If the plug (1) has been removed, do the steps that follow:
(a) Make sure that the plug (1) and the plug interface are clean.
(c) Install the new CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145506) on the
plug (1) with to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-051
C. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 306
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-13-27-612-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 307
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-13-27-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
R
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 308
Feb 01/08
AXM
Flap Power-Control Unit (6201CM)
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 309
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-13-27
Page 310
Feb 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-13-27-864-050
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-051
(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the flap PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added, no
maintenance action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was
R added, replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
R maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
R hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Contact AIRBUS for
R advice
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed. Contact
AIRBUS for advice.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 311
May 01/06
AXM
(5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth.
(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).
(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-055
C. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 312
May 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-13-27-612-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 313
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-13-27-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 314
Feb 01/08
AXM
Slat Power-Control Unit (6001CM)
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 315
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
Subtask 12-13-27-864-051
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-052
(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the slat PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added no maintenance
action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) was added,
R replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
R maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
R hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Contact AIRBUS for
R advice
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed. Contact
AIRBUS for advice.
(5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 316
May 01/06
AXM
(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).
(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-056
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-056
C. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 317
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-13-27-612-005
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 318
Feb 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 319
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-27-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
R to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-054
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) is in position on the flap/slat control lever in the
cockpit.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 320
Feb 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-13-27-010-057
D. Get Access
(a) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734, 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (b) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed
on the applicable MLG door actuating-cylinder.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 321
Feb 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-27-612-061
(1) Fill the flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM) with clean COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-025) as follows:
(b) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(c) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 322
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
Flap Actuator - Track 1
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-005
R
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 323
Feb 01/06
AXM
R Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 324
Nov 01/06
AXM
R Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 325
Nov 01/06
AXM
R Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 326
Nov 01/06
AXM
R (d) Connect the KIT-ACTUATOR FILLING (A663160) to fill the flap
actuator, as follows:
1
_ Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the vent
plug hole of the flap actuator.
2
_ Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the drain
plug hole of the flap actuator.
3
_ Assemble the semi-fluid pump (A663130/3) to the semi-fluid
container (A663130/7).
4
_ Connect the supply hose from the semi-fluid pump to the vent
plug adaptor.
5
_ Assemble the waste lid (A663130/5) to the used fluid container
(A663130/6).
6
_ Connect the waste hose from the waste lid to the drain plug
adaptor.
(e) Operate the semi-fluid pump and slowly fill the flap actuator
with clean COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-025). Operate the pump
handle through its full travel until clean semi-fluid flows from
the drain hose.
(f) Disconnect the supply hose from the vent plug adaptor.
(g) Remove the vent plug adaptor from the flap actuator.
(h) Disconnect the waste hose from the drain plug adaptor.
(i) Remove the drain plug adaptor from the flap actuator.
NOTE : The vent plug (1) and the drain plug (2) are torque
____
tightened at the end of this procedure.
(j) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.
(k) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 327
Feb 01/08
AXM
(2) Do the steps (1)(a) thru (1)(q) and fill the:
Subtask 12-13-27-612-062
(1) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.
(2) Remove unwanted semi-fluid from the flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
as follows:
(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(b) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
(c) Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the vent plug
hole of the flap actuator.
(d) Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the drain
plug hole of the flap actuator.
(e) Connect the waste hose from the waste lid (A663130/5) to the
drain plug adaptor.
(f) Connect the empty oil gun (A663130/4) to the vent plug adaptor.
(g) Operate the empty oil gun 15 times to put air into the flap
actuator and push out unwanted semi-fluid. Make sure that you
operate the oil gun handle through its full range each time.
(h) Disconnect the oil gun from the vent plug adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 328
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(i) Remove the vent plug adaptor from the flap actuator.
(j) Disconnect the waste hose from the drain plug adaptor.
(k) Remove the drain plug adapter from the flap actuator.
(l) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.
(m) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.
(3) Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(m) and remove unwanted semi-fluid from
the:
- flap actuator No.2 6211CM(6261CM)
- flap actuator No.3 6221CM(6271CM)
- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM).
(4) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times again
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.
(6) Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(c) Install the vent plug (1) in the offset gearbox. TORQUE the vent
plug (1) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).
(7) Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 329
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(c) Install the drain plug (2) in the offset gearbox. TORQUE the
drain plug (2):
- flap actuator No.1 to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and
58.40 lbf.in)
- flap actuator No.2 to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and
58.40 lbf.in)
- flap actuator No.3 to between 0.36 and 0.44 m.daN (31.85 and
38.93 lbf.in)
- flap actuator No.4 to between 0.36 and 0.44 m.daN (31.85 and
38.93 lbf.in)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(b) Close the applicable MLG door 734, 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-
001).
FOR 6211CM
- close the access door 573AB
FOR 6261CM
- close the access door 673AB
FOR 6221CM
- close the access door 575BB
FOR 6271CM
- close the access door 675BB
FOR 6233CM
- close the access door 575FB
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 330
Feb 01/08
AXM
FOR 6283CM
- close the access door 675FB
Subtask 12-13-27-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-055
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-942-058
D. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-27
Page 331
Aug 01/07
AXM
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-29-600-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 12-13-29
Page 301
Nov 01/07
AXM
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-29-860-050
(2) Extend the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-005).
Subtask 12-13-29-010-050
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-13-29
Page 302
Nov 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-13-29-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/RAT/CTL 2801GE D14
106VU CSM/G /EV/MAN/SPLY 6XE B04
121VU HYDRAULIC/RAT/SPLY/EXTN/SOL1 2803GE P33
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-29-612-050
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the oil fill plug (1).
(3) Fill the RAT gearbox with OILS (Material No. 03-003), until it spills
from the fill port.
R (4) Clean the oil fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R
R (5) If necessary install a new packing (2) on the fill plug (1).
(6) Install the fill plug (1) in the lower gearbox (3).
(7) TORQUE the fill plug (1) to between 9.2 and 12.5 lbf.ft (1.24 and
1.69 m.daN).
R (8) Safety the oil fill plug (1) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-29-865-051
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2801GE, 2803GE, 6XE
EFF :
ALL 12-13-29
Page 303
Nov 01/07
AXM
Ram Air Turbine
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-13-29
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-13-29-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-13-29-860-051
EFF :
ALL 12-13-29
Page 305
Nov 01/07
AXM
APU ((GTCP 36-300)) - SERVICING
_______________________________
TASK 12-13-49-612-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-49-860-054
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-49-612-050
EFF :
ALL 12-13-49
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-13-79-610-002
Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD (Electrical
Master Chip Detector)
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 301
Feb 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-068
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
Subtask 12-13-79-010-065
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-210-065
A. Check oil level and master Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) visual indicator.
NOTE : In order to reduce burden for nuisance EMCD pop out indication,
____
the inspection of the Electrical Master Chip Detector can be
deferred to the next convenient maintenance opportunity where
trained personnel can performed the inspection without interfering
with revenue service operation.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 302
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300-A
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 303
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
Oil Tank Sight Gage
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-301
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 304
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
Measuring the Viscosity of the Oil
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-305
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 305
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
(1) Check the visual indicator of the MCD. If the pop-out is extended
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-002).
(2) Check oil level on the sight gage, if oil level is below full mark
add oil as follows:
Subtask 12-13-79-100-051
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper with a lint-free cloth before you remove
the oil tank filler cap.
Subtask 12-13-79-010-066
WARNING : AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN, LET THE OIL TANK PRESSURE BLEED OFF FOR
_______
A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE TANK FILLER CAP.
IF YOU DO NOT, PRESSURIZED HOT OIL CAN FLOW OUT OF THE TANK AND
CAUSE DANGEROUS BURNS.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO PULL THE HANDLE OF THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP OUT OF
_______
ITS STOP LIMITS.
(1) Raise oil tank filler cap handle to vertical (unlocked) position.
(2) Turn the handle of the filler cap counterclockwise 45⁰ against its
stop to disengage the locking device and remove the cap.
NOTE : If it is difficult to open the filler cap, you must stay for 5
____
more minutes at least to do step (2) again.
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU ADD OIL IN THE OIL TANK DURING ITS SERVICING,
_______
R MAKE SURE THE OIL IN TANK DOES NOT CONTAIN FUEL. IF IT
R SMELLS OF FUEL, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER
R AND SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 306
Feb 01/08
AXM
R CAUTION : IF YOU THINK THERE ARE FUEL FUMES WHEN YOU REMOVE THE OIL
_______
R FILLER CAP, DO A CHECK FOR FUEL IN THE OIL. IF THERE IS
R FUEL IN THE OIL TANK, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT
R EXCHANGER AND THE SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE
R OIL SYSTEM.
R (a) If you think there is fuel in the oil, use one of the following
R available on-site test kit to examine the oil:
R - VISCOMETER (measuring the viscosity of the oil),
R - DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS (checking for presence of a
R combustible vapor).
R 1
_ If the test fails then fuel is found, do these steps:
R a
_ Replace the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger (Ref. TASK 79-21-
R 20-000-001) (Ref. TASK 79-21-20-400-001).
R b
_ Replace the servo fuel heater (Ref. TASK 73-11-20-000-001)
R (Ref. TASK 73-11-20-400-001).
R 2
_ If the test passes, no fuel is found.
Subtask 12-13-79-612-070
(1) Add engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Material No. CP2442) by pouring
into oil tank fill port up to full mark.
Subtask 12-13-79-210-066
E. Before you install oil tank filler cap, ensure that the Oring seal is in
good condition or does not show sign of leakage. If not, replace the
Oring seal (Ref. TASK 79-11-10-300-003).
Subtask 12-13-79-410-066
WARNING : IN THIS POSITION, THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP CAN ACCIDENTALLY
_______
MOVE TO ITS VERTICAL (UNLOCKED) POSITION. IF IT DOES THIS,
THERE IS A RISK THAT PRESSURIZED HOT OIL WILL FLOW OUT OT THE
TANK AND CAUSE INJURY (DANGEROUS BURNS).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 307
Feb 01/08
AXM
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP IS LOCKED. ITS HANDLE
_______
MUST POINT TO THE OIL QUANTITY TRANSMITTER.
CAUTION : A BAD SUPPLY PRESSURE OF THE OIL LUBRICATION UNIT DURING ENGINE
_______
OPERATION CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE TO MOVE THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP. DAMAGE
_______
CAN OCCUR TO ITS LOCKING DEVICE.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO PULL THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP OUT OF ITS STOP
_______
LIMITS.
(1) Install the oil tank filler cap with handle in vertical position.
(2) Turn the handle of the oil tank filler cap clockwise 45⁰ against its
stop to engage the locking device.
NOTE : If the locking device is correctly engaged, the cap can not be
____
pulled from tank.
(3) Push hinged oil tank cap handle down flat into the locked position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 308
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-13-79-610-002- 01
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 309
Nov 01/07
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-069
A. Safety Precautions
R
R (1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
R
Subtask 12-13-79-010-067
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-210-067
A. Check oil level and master Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) visual indicator.
NOTE : In order to reduce burden for nuisance EMCD pop out indication,
____
the inspection of the Electrical Master Chip Detector can be
defeered to the next convenient maintenance opportunity where
trained personnel can performed the inspection without interfering
with revenue service operation.
(1) Check the visual indicator of the MCD. If the pop-out is extended
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-002).
(2) Check oil level on the sight gage, if oil level is below full mark
add oil as follows:
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 310
Nov 01/07
AXM
Oil Tank Remote Filling System
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-302
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 311
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
Subtask 12-13-79-612-071
(2) Attach hose coupling from oil service system to remote oil filling
port. Attach plastic transparent overflow hose to oil overflow port.
CAUTION : DURING FILLING, THE MAXIMUM OIL PUMP FLOW RATE MUST NOT
_______
EXCEED 66 US GAL/HR (250L/HR), OR OVERSERVICING OF OIL
SYSTEM MAY RESULT.
CAUTION : REMOVAL OF DRAIN LINE BEFORE FLOW OF OIL FROM OVERFLOW HOSE
_______
STOPS MAY RESULT IN AN OVERSERVICED TANK.
(a) Add engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Material No. CP2442) through
oil service system until oil is visible through plastic
transparent hose at the oil overflow port location.
(3) When oil flow from overflow hose stops, disconnect oil service system
and check for oil leakage from the coupling. Slightly wetted surface,
insufficient to form a drop, is permitted.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-067
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 312
Nov 01/07
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-13-79
Page 313
Nov 01/07
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-13-79
Page 314
Nov 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-13-79-610-003
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION
_______
OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 315
Aug 01/05
AXM
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
12-13-79-991-303 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 316
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-13-79-010-059
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-680-054
WARNING : HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH OIL SPLASHES
_______
WHEN YOU REMOVE DRAIN PLUGS.
(1) Put a container 24L (6USgal) capacity under the drain port of the oil
tank.
(2) Remove the lockwire which attaches the drain plug to the oil tank.
Subtask 12-13-79-420-051
(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (10) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
Install the O-ring in the groove of the drain plug.
(2) Install the drain plug in the drain port of the oil tank.
(3) TORQUE the drain plug to between 135 and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69
m.daN). Safety with lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)
(4) Fill the oil tank with new engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 317
Aug 01/05
AXM
Oil Tank Drain Plug
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-303
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 318
Aug 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 319
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-13-79-610-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 320
Aug 01/05
AXM
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-058
A. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-79-010-060
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 321
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-680-055
WARNING : HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH OIL SPLASHES
_______
WHEN YOU REMOVE DRAIN PLUGS.
(2) Cut and remove lockwire, remove drain plugs (50 and 60) and
completely drain oil.
(3) Remove O-rings (20 and 30) from grooves and discard.
Subtask 12-13-79-420-052
R (1) Install the TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) on the drain
R plugs (50 and 60).
R (2) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the outer
R surface of TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) to prevent
R damage to the O-rings.
(3) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the
O-rings.
(4) Install a new O-ring (20) and new O-ring (30) in the groove of each
drain plug.
R (5) Remove the TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) from the drain
R plugs (50 and 60).
(6) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the threads
of the drain plugs.
(7) Install the AGB drain plug (60). TORQUE to between 185 and 205 lbf.in
(2.09 and 2.31 m.daN) and wirelock the drain plug with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 322
Aug 01/06
AXM
Location of Drain Plugs on Accessory Drive
Figure 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-304
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 323
Aug 01/05
AXM
(8) Install the TGB drain plug (50). TORQUE to between 105 and 130 lbf.in
(1.18 and 1.46 m.daN) and wirelock the drain plug with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-060
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 324
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-13-79-610-005
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Refer to SB CFM 79-001 for conditions that require flushing of the
____
oil system.
You must flush the oil system when the type of oil is changed or when the
oil system is contaminated.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 325
Aug 01/05
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
12-13-79-610-003 Oil Tank Draining
12-13-79-610-004 Draining of the Accessory Drive Section
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check
71-00-00-710-006 Minimum Idle Check
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
TSM 77 PB 101 (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-059
A. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-79-010-061
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 326
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-170-051
(2) Completely drain oil from accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).
(3) Fill oil system with new oil engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
NOTE : A half full oil tank is sufficient enough to flush the oil
____
system.
Subtask 12-13-79-710-052
Subtask 12-13-79-680-056
C. Drain completely:
(2) Completely drain oil from accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).
Subtask 12-13-79-210-057
D. Examine the magnetic chip detector, the scavenge screens and the supply
filter. If deposits are normal (non-metallic chips) clean and install. If
deposits are abnormal (metal chips) do the trouble shooting procedure
(Ref. TSM 77 PB 101).
Subtask 12-13-79-612-056
E. Fill oil system with new oil engine oil (Material No. CP2442) (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
Subtask 12-13-79-710-053
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 327
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-13-79-210-058
Subtask 12-13-79-160-052
H. Remove, clean and install magnetic chip detector and supply filter.
Subtask 12-13-79-210-059
Subtask 12-13-79-612-057
K. Fill oil tank to maximum level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-061
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-79
Page 328
Aug 01/05
AXM
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-80-610-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 301
Nov 01/06
AXM
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-80-010-052
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 302
Nov 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-80-680-051
(1) Remove the filler plug (10). Discard the O-ring (20).
(3) Put a container below the starter. Cut and remove the lockwire.
Remove the drain plug (70), and let the oil drain in the container 2l
(0.5 USgal) . Discard the O-ring (80).
(a) If the oil quantity is more than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), the
starter is serviceable.
(b) If the quantity is less than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), replace the
stater (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002) (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).
(5) Carefully examine the oil removed from the starter and the magnetic
plug (50) for metal particles (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-210-001). Then,
remove and discard the two O-rings (60).
NOTE : Fine metal particles show normal wear. Large pieces of metal
____
show internal damage.
(6) Clean the drain plug (70). Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material
No. CP2442) to a new O-ring (80) , and install the O-ring on the
drain plug.
(7) Install the drain plug (70). TORQUE the plug to between 65 and 85
lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96 m.daN).
(8) Safety the drain plug (70) to the starter housing with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)
(9) Clean the knurled magnetic plug (50). Apply a thin layer of engine
R oil (Material No. CP2442) on the two new O-rings (60) and install the
R two O-rings on the knurled magnetic plug.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 303
Nov 01/06
AXM
Pneumatic Starter Servicing
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
(10) Install the knurled magnetic plug (50):
Subtask 12-13-80-612-052
(1) Remove overflow plug (40), push inward and simultaneously turn
counter clockwise to disengage locking device. Discard O-ring (30).
(2) Fill starter housing through filler port until the engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) flows from the overflow port.
NOTE : The quantity of oil used will be less than 0.8 l (0.21 USgal)
____
(3) Clean the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40). Apply a thin layer
R of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the new O-ring (20) and new O-
R ring (30) , and install the O-rings on the filler plug and the
overflow plug.
(4) Install the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40) push inward and
simultaneously turn clockwise to engage locking device.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 305
Nov 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-13-80-610-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-80-010-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-80-010-054
(1) Remove the filler plug (10), and overflow plug (40). Push inward and
simultaneously turn counter clockwise to disengage locking device.
Discard O-rings (20 and 30).
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 307
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-13-80-610-050
(1) Fill the starter housing with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
through the filler port until the oil flows from the overflow port.
NOTE : The quantity of oil used will be less than one quart
____
(approximately 0.8 l)
Subtask 12-13-80-410-053
(1) Clean the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40). Apply a thin layer
of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the new O-ring (20) and O-ring
(30), and install the new O-ring on the filler plug and the overflow
plug.
(2) Install the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40) push inward and
simultaneously turn clockwise to engage locking device.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-13-80
Page 308
Aug 01/05
AXM
GAS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives information about the servicing of the:
- Hydraulic Power (Refer to 12-14-29 Page 301),
- Landing Gear (Refer to 12-14-32) Page 301),
EFF :
ALL 12-14-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-14-29-614-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 301
Aug 01/08
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-29-010-052
A. Get Access
Subtask 12-14-29-860-050
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
(2) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
applicable hydraulic system:
- on the applicable ground service panel,
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-29-614-052
(1) Do a check of the nitrogen pressure gage, before you fill the
applicable accumulator:
(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
(5) Open the control valve slowly and fill the hydraulic power
accumulator with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-014) to the correct
pressure for the ambient temperature.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 305
Aug 01/05
AXM
Hydraulic Power Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
NITROGEN PRESSURE
R
------------------------- -----------------------
R | deg.F | PSI | | deg.C | PSI |
R |-----------|-----------| |----------|----------|
R | -5 | 1570 | | -20 | 1570 |
R | 0 | 1580 | | -15 | 1595 |
R | +5 | 1595 | | -10 | 1620 |
R | +10 | 1610 | | -5 | 1670 |
R | +15 | 1620 | | 0 | 1710 |
R | +20 | 1650 | | +5 | 1755 |
R | +25 | 1680 | | +10 | 1800 |
R | +30 | 1710 | | +15 | 1840 |
R | +35 | 1725 | | +20 | 1890 |
R | +40 | 1750 | | +25 | 1930 |
R | +45 | 1775 | | +30 | 1970 |
R | +50 | 1800 | | +35 | 2015 |
R | +55 | 1820 | | +40 | 2060 |
R | +60 | 1850 | | +45 | 2095 |
R | +65 | 1870 | | +50 | 2130 |
R | +70 | 1890 | | +55 | 2175 |
R | +75 | 1920 | | +60 | 2220 |
R | +80 | 1940 | | | |
R | +85 | 1970 | | | |
R | +90 | 1990 | | | |
R | +95 | 2010 | | | |
R | +100 | 2040 | | | |
R | +105 | 2060 | | | |
R | +110 | 2085 | | | |
R | +115 | 2105 | | | |
R | +120 | 2130 | | | |
R | +125 | 2145 | | | |
R | +130 | 2170 | | | |
R | +135 | 2195 | | | |
R | +140 | 2220 | | | |
---------------------------------------------------
Table I
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 307
Aug 01/08
AXM
(6) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the charging valve
nut (2).
(7) Make sure that the pressure shown on the pressure gage (3) is
correct.
(8) Stop the supply and remove the nitrogen filling system from the
charging valve (2).
(9) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-29-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-14-29-860-051
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-29
Page 308
Aug 01/05
AXM
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________
TASK 12-14-32-614-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-062
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-14-32-941-051
R B. Preparation
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
_______
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE
EXTINGUISHER DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. THIS COULD
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 301
May 01/08
AXM
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(1) Use only dry nitrogen or other inert gases to inflate the tires. The
gas used to inflate the tires must not contain more than 5% oxygen
(volume).
(2) If the aircraft is far from its base and no dry nitrogen is
available, you can use air for the servicing of the tires if:
- the oxygen in the tires is not more than 5% (volume)
or
- maintenance personnel remove the air from the tires and inflate
them with dry nitrogen before 15 hours time service.
A chemical reaction between the oxygen in the tires and the gases
from the inner liner can cause a tire explosion.
(3) Put the tire inflation cart near the tire to be inflated.
(5) Install the tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage on the tire
inflation valve. Connect the tire inflation cart to the tire
inflation adaptor.
(a) Increase the given tire pressures 3.7% for each 10 deg.C of
temperature difference.
EXAMPLE Temperature at departure airport = 20 deg.C
Temperature at arrival airport = -10 deg.C
Temperature difference = 30 deg.C
Increase the tire pressure: 30/10 x 3.7% = 11.1%
If the loaded tire pressure is 13.0 bar, increase the
tire pressure: 13.0 bar + (13.0 bar x 11.1%) = 14.4 bar
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 302
May 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : USE ONLY NITROGEN FOR TIRE INFLATION. IF THE BRAKES OVERHEAT,
_______
OTHER GASES CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
NOTE : In the tables that follow the term loaded means with the aircraft
____
weight on the wheels. The term unloaded is when the applicable
wheel is off the ground (jacked).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-A
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
R |---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| 75900 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (167330 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
R |---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| 75900 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (167330 lb) | RADIAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-A
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-----------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 46 X 17 R20 | 13.3 (193) normal | 13.8 (200) normal |
| (167330 lb) | RADIAL | 14.0 (203) max | 14.5 (210) max |
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 49 X 19 R20 | 9.9 (144) normal | 10.3 (149) normal |
| (167330 lb) | RADIAL | 10.4 (151) max | 10.8 (157) max |
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 46 X 16 - 20 | 13.3 (193) normal | 13.8 (200) normal |
| (167330 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 14.0 (203) max | 14.5 (210) max |
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 49 X 17 - 20 | 11.0 (160) normal | 11.4 (165) normal |
| (167330 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 11.5 (167) max | 12.0 (174) max |
R |---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 49 X 19 - 20 | 9.9 (144) normal | 10.3 (149) normal |
| (167330 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 10.4 (151) max | 10.8 (157) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-051
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Install the tire inflation-valve cap. TORQUE the valve cap to between
0.05 and 0.1 m.daN (4.42 and 8.84 lbf.in).
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 304
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-14-32-614-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
12-14-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-14-32-991-002 Fig. 302
12-14-32-991-003 Fig. 303
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 305
May 01/07
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the panel 198CB to tell persons not to
pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-052
R (1) On panel 400VU, make sure that the L/G control-lever is in the DOWN
R position.
(2) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is in the
stowed position.
R
R (3) Make sure that pressure in the brake accumulator of the Yellow
hydraulic system is released.
Subtask 12-14-32-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 306
May 01/07
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-614-052
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(2) Open the control valve (F) slowly and fill the brake accumulator to
the correct pressure for the ambient temperature. Make sure that the
fill pressure is as follows:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| deg. C | deg. F | bar | psi |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| -20 | -4 | 61 | 885 |
| -10 | +14 | 63 | 914 |
| 0 | +32 | 65 | 943 |
| +10 | +50 | 68 | 986 |
| +20 | +68 | 70 | 1015 |
| +30 | +86 | 72 | 1044 |
| +40 | +104 | 75 | 1088 |
| +50 | +122 | 77 | 1117 |
| +60 | +140 | 80 | 1160 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) When the pressure is stable, check that the pressure is correct for
the ambient temperature.
(4) Make sure that the pressure is not more than or not less than 3.4 bar
(49.3128 psi) from the correct pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
brake accumulator again until the pressure is correct.
(5) Close the control valve (F) and tighten the charging valve nut (2).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 307
Aug 01/08
AXM
Brake Accumulator - Filling System Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 308
Aug 01/05
AXM
Brake Accumulator Assembly - Detail and Location
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 309
Aug 01/05
AXM
Yellow System Brake Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-32-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 310
Aug 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-865-051
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
R
Subtask 12-14-32-942-054
R B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 311
May 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-14-32-614-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE ABOVE
_______
140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
R jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be positioned correctly
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
R NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
R aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
R values recorded are accurate.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 312
May 01/07
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 313
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-064
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear.
(5) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
shock absorber.
(6) If the aircraft is on the ground, make sure that the wheel chocks are
R in position at the Main Landing Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock
R at the nosewheels.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-210-054
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 314
Aug 01/08
AXM
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
Figure 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 315
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Details of the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 316
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(2) If there is a leak from the gland housing and the sliding tube
interface or from the gland housing and the main fitting interface:
1
_ If there is damage, replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-
11-13-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001).
2
_ If there is no damage:
- replace the shock absorber gland seals (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
000-003) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-003)
or
- replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001)
or
- close the spare seal activating-valve (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
860-001).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-080
B. MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Check Charge and Fill with Nitrogen
(Aircraft on Ground)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021, 308/TASK
12-14-32-991-005, 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF PERSONS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT
WILL MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND
DAMAGE.
CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE TEMPERATURE
WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK ABSORBER
PRESSURE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 317
May 01/08
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-14-32
Page 318
Feb 01/08
AXM
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber Charging Valves - Detail and Location
Figure 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 319
May 01/07
R
AXM
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Typical Filling System
Figure 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 320
May 01/07
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-14-32
Page 321
May 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 322
Aug 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 323
Aug 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 324
Aug 01/07
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-14-32
Page 325
May 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025- 13 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 326
Aug 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025- 23 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 327
Aug 01/07
AXM
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025- 33 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 328
Aug 01/07
AXM
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.
(2) Install the first standard charging equipment on the top charging
valve (1):
(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the top charging valve (1).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.
(c) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).
(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the top charging valve (1).
(e) Install the first pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
the three-way valve (22).
(4) At the top charging valve, read and record the pressure shown on the
pressure gage.
(6) Use a thermometer (-45 deg C to 70 deg C (-49 deg F to 158 deg F)) to
measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve.
(7) Use diagram 1 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve for the measured temperature.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 329
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(a) Make sure that the control valve (25) is closed.
(b) Open the control valve (23) to release all pressure from the
filling hose (21).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (20) from the three-way valve (22).
(e) Disconnect the filling hose (21) from the top charging valve (1)
and the three-way valve (22).
(f) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(10) Install the second standard charging equipment on the bottom charging
valve (3):
(a) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.
(c) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).
(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Install the second pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
the three-way valve (22).
(12) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown on
the pressure gage (20).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 330
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(13) Close the top charging valve (1).
(15) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).
(17) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be 18 bar
(261.0678 psi) more than the pressure at the top charging valve (1).
If not, do the steps that follow:
NOTE : This makes sure that the floating piston is at the top of the
____
second stage cylinder before you do the nitrogen filling.
(a) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.
(b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).
(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure at the bottom charging valve (3).
(f) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be between 18
bar (261.0678 psi) and 21 bar (304.5791 psi) more than the
pressure at the top charging valve (1).
(h) After ten minutes (to let the pressure and temperature become
stable) check that the condition at step (f) is the same.
(i) If it is not the same, do the steps (d) thru (h) again.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 331
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(j) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(k) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(m) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).
(o) If the difference in pressure at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) is less than 11 bar (159.5414 psi),
do the steps (a) thru (n) again.
(18) Use a thermometer (-45 deg C to 70 deg C (-49 deg F to 158 deg F)) to
measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve
(1).
(19) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve (1) at the measured temperature.
(b) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(c) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).
(d) After five minutes, measure the temperature and the pressure at
the top charging valve (1).
(e) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (d).
(f) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(g) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (e) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)) close the control valve (23).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 332
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(h) Close the top charging valve (1).
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).
(e) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (25).
(f) After five minutes, measure the pressure and the temperature at
the top charging valve (1).
(g) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (f).
(h) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure.
(i) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (g) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)), close the control valve (25).
(22) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and the bottom
charging valve (3).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 333
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(24) Use the pressure and the temperature you measured at the top charging
valve (1) to find the correct dimension H in diagram 2. Make sure
that the dimension H in diagram 2 and the dimension H found in step
(23) are the same +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
(25) Check the pressure you measured at the top charging valve (1) and at
the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure that the difference between
these pressures is more than 11 bar (159.5414 psi).
(26) If the conditions at step (24) or step (25) are incorrect, do the
procedure again from step (17).
(27) Close the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging valve (3).
(28) To get the correct charge pressure at the bottom charging valve, do
the applicable step (29) or (30).
(29) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is on or below the graph line (for the measured temperature), do
these steps:
(b) Slowly open the control valve (25) (to increase the nitrogen
pressure), or slowly open the control valve (23) (to remove
nitrogen).
(c) Make sure that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is
the same as the pressure shown on the graph line (for the
measured temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).
(e) After five minutes, open the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure
that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is the same as
the pressure shown on the graph line (for the measured
temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).
(30) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is above the graph line (for the measured temperature), do these
steps:
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 334
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(b) Open the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(d) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).
(e) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1).
(f) At the top charging valve (1), measure the pressure and the
temperature.
(g) Use the diagram 1 to find the dimension H that you need for the
conditions at step (f).
(h) Slowly open the control valve (23) (to release nitrogen) until
the dimension H is the same as the dimension H found in diagram
1, +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
(i) Close the bottom charging valve (3) and the control valve (23).
(j) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and read and
record the pressure.
(l) Open the bottom charging valve (3) and read and record the
pressure.
(n) Make sure that the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) are the same +/- 1.5 bar (21.7556
psi). If the pressures are not in this limit, do the procedure
from step (17) again.
(31) Remove the nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(32) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).
(33) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(35) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 335
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(36) Install the blanking cap (4) on the bottom charging valve (3).
(37) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).
(38) Do the Para. 4.B again for the other shock absorber.
Subtask 12-14-32-614-081
C. MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Check Charge Pressure and Fill with
Nitrogen (Aircraft on Jacks)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND
DAMAGE.
CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE TEMPERATURE
WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK ABSORBER
PRESSURE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is positioned correctly on the jacks
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended and that the
dimension H is between 496.7 mm (19.5551 in.) and 500.5 mm (19.7047
in.).
(a) If you do this procedure after you have replenished the shock
absorber with hydraulic oil (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008), you
must:
1
_ Charge the top charging valve (first stage of the cylinder)
with nitrogen to a maximum pressure of 5.0 bar (72.5188 psi).
2
_ Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Refer to
Para. 4.C.(2) and make sure that dimension H is correct.
(b) Release all the pressure from the top charging valve (first stage
of the cylinder).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 336
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Install the standard charging equipment:
(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the top charging valve (1).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
valve (22) are closed.
(c) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).
(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the top charging valve (1).
(e) Install the pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi) (20) on the
three-way valve (22).
(f) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).
(g) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
valve (22) are closed.
(h) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).
(i) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).
(j) Install the pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on the
three-way valve (22).
(4) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve
(1).
(6) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).
(8) Refer to the Table 1 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 337
May 01/07
R
AXM
Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
Figure 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 338
May 01/07
R
AXM
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).
(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(10) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown on
the pressure gage (20).
(12) Refer to the Table 2 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 339
May 01/07
R
AXM
(b) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the top charging valve
(1) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.
(13) After one hour, do these steps to make sure the pressures are
correct:
(a) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve (1).
(c) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure
shown on the pressure gage (20).
(f) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 340
May 01/07
R
AXM
(h) Make sure that the pressures are correct with the values in
Tables 1 and 2 for the measured temperature.
(14) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).
(15) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(17) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(18) Install the blanking cap (4) on the bottom charging valve (3).
(19) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).
(20) Do the Para. 4.C. again for the other shock absorber.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-061
A. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 341
May 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-14-32-200-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 342
May 01/07
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-065
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (4) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position at the Main Landing
R Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock at the nosewheels.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-220-062
(1) Measure the dimension H for each MLG shock absorber. If
- the difference between each MLG shock absorber is more than 75 mm
(2.9527 in.)
or
- one of the H dimensions is less than 33 mm (1.2992 in.) do the
steps that follow:
R (b) Lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
1
_ Do the fluid check of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-
32-611-008).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 343
Aug 01/08
AXM
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Dimension H
Figure 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 344
Aug 01/07
AXM
NOTE : To do a check of the MLG shock absorber you must do the
____
replenishment procedure.
R 2
_ Lower the aircraft off the jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
3
_ Make a note in the aircraft log:
- it is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure
H dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less
than 24 hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-062
A. Removal of Equipment
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 345
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-14-32-614-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be positioned correctly
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 346
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-057
A. Safety Precautions
(2) If the aircraft is on jacks, put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in
position.
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R Nose Landing Gear (NLG) controls.
(5) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 347
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-14-32-010-051
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-614-055
(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
(3) Use a thermocouple (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C) to measure and record the
temperature adjacent to the charging valve (2).
(4) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (2).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.
(b) Install the pressure gage (11) on the 3-way valve (13).
(c) Connect the 3-way valve (13) to the filling hose (12).
(6) Make sure that the control valves (14) and (15) are closed.
(7) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(8) Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 348
May 01/07
R
AXM
NLG Charging Valve - Detail and Location
Figure 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 349
May 01/07
R
AXM
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-017
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 350
May 01/07
R
AXM
(9) Close the charging valve (2).
(10) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to identify the
correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension. Compare this
value with the dimension H you recorded in step (1).
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007)
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) of the nitrogen source to
the 3-way valve (13).
(b) Open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (15) and adjust the nitrogen source to give the necessary
pressure.
(c) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(d) Monitor the dimension H and adjust the pressure until the
dimension H is correct.
R NOTE : After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum
____
R of 15 minutes to let the pressure become stable. Check the
R pressure/extension again to make sure that they have not
changed. If necessary, adjust the pressure to give the
correct dimension H.
(e) When the dimension H is correct, close the charging valve (2).
(f) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (14) to release the pressure and remove the nitrogen source
from the 3-way valve (13).
(14) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 351
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 18 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 352
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 28 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 353
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 38 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 354
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 48 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 355
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 58 (SHEET 5)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 356
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 68 (SHEET 6)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 357
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 78 (SHEET 7)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 358
Aug 01/07
AXM
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 88 (SHEET 8)
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 359
Aug 01/07
AXM
(15) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in) and examine for leaks.
(16) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-059
NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted. The
____
shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured until the
R aircraft has been on jacks for 2 hours. This will let the shock
R absorber pressure become stable and make sure that the value
R recorded is accurate.
R (1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and the dimension
R H is between 454.6 mm (17.8976 in.) and 445.6 mm (17.5433 in.).
(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.
(b) Install the pressure gage (11) on the 3-way valve (13).
(c) Connect the 3-way valve (13) to the filling hose (12).
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
(5) Make sure that the control valves (14) and (15) are closed.
(6) Open the charging valve (2). Record the indication on the pressure
gage (11) then close the charging valve (2).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 360
Nov 01/07
AXM
Pressure/Temperature Table - Shock Absorber Fully Extended
Figure 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-030
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 361
May 01/07
R
AXM
(7) Use a thermocouple (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C) to measure and record the
temperature adjacent to the charging valve (2).
(8) Refer to the table and use the recorded temperature and pressure
values to identify the correct charge pressure necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-030)
(9) If the recorded value does not agree with the charge pressure given,
do the procedure that follows:
(a) Connect the nitrogen source to the 3-way valve (13) with the
supply hose (16).
(b) Open the control valve (15) to increase the pressure gage (11)
indication to the necessary value given in the table.
(c) Slowly open the charging valve (2) to adjust the charge pressure
in the shock absorber.
R NOTE : After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum
____
R of 15 minutes to let the pressure become stable. Check the
R pressure/extension again to make sure that they have not
changed. If necessary, adjust the pressure to give the
correct dimension H.
(d) When the charge pressure is correct, close the charging valve
(2).
(e) Stop the nitrogen supply and remove the nitrogen source from the
3-way valve (13).
(10) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment from
the charging valve (2).
(11) TORQUE the charging valve (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24 and
70.79 lbf.in) and examine for leaks.
(12) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 362
Nov 01/07
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-410-051
A. Close Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-14-32-942-056
B. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-14-32
Page 363
May 01/07
AXM
WATER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the potable water
tank 3000MM.
2. ___________
Description
To fill the potable water system with electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-001).
To fill the potable water system without electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-002).
EFF :
ALL 12-15-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
POTABLE WATER - SERVICING
_________________________
TASK 12-15-38-613-001
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power Available)
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
_______
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM
TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
NOTE : To Fill the potable water system, if electrical power is not available
____
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-861-050
Subtask 12-15-38-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU WATER SYS-QANT-IND 1MA B01
R 2001VU WATER-SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
Subtask 12-15-38-618-050
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 302
Aug 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-15-38-010-050
D. Get Access
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-15-38-613-050
(2) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
R (4) If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not come on:
R - Examine the position of the overflow valve 8MP.
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
(5) Fill the Potable Water System
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0
_______
PSI) A PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU
MUST BE OFF WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS CLOSED.
NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the TANK
____
OVERFLOW port.
R 1
_ If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not go off:
R - Examine the overflow valve 8MP.
2
_ Stop the water service vehicle.
3
_ Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN
port.
4
_ Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.
5
_ Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.
6
_ Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 305
Aug 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 12-15-38-862-050
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-15-38-613-002
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power not Available)
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-618-051
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
Subtask 12-15-38-010-051
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 307
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel
2023VU.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-15-38-613-052
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
R NOTE : A residual level of chlorine can be added during A/C potable water
____
R filling as per SIL 38-040.
(1) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
(4) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until water comes from the TANK OVERFLOW port.
(6) Push in and then turn the FILL AND DRAIN handle to the NORMAL
position.
(7) Disconnect the hose of the water service vehicle from the fill and
drain port.
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 308
Aug 01/08
AXM
Potable water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 309
Aug 01/05
AXM
(9) Clean and dry the overflow port and the adjacent area.
(10) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(11) Close the fill and drain port on the service panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-15-38
Page 310
Aug 01/05
AXM
LAVATORY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the toilet system.
2. ___________
Description
To drain flush and fill the toilet system (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-16-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
LAVATORY ARTICLE - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-16-25-613-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 FUNNEL
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-16-25
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-25-861-050
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION OF
DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE QUICKLY.
Subtask 12-16-25-613-050
(a) Turn the pump assembly (1) counter-clockwise with your hand and
remove it from from the soap outlet (2).
(b) Use a FUNNEL and fill the bottle with weak liquid soap.
(c) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten
it with your hand.
(d) Operate the pump assembly (1) several times until soap comes out
of the soap outlet (2).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-16-25
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
R Soap Dispenser
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-16-25
Page 303
Nov 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-25-862-050
EFF :
ALL 12-16-25
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - SERVICING
_________________________________
TASK 12-16-38-613-001
WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO SERVICING OF
_______
THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-16-38
Page 301
May 01/08
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-38-861-050
Subtask 12-16-38-680-051-A
B. You must drain the toilet waste tanks when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-
660-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-010-050
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-16-38-680-050
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE VACUUM PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN 6 PSI (0,4
_______
BAR) MAXIMUM, IF YOU USE A VACUUM OPERATED TOILET SERVICE
VEHICLE. A HIGHER VACUUM PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM.
EFF :
ALL 12-16-38
Page 302
May 01/08
R
AXM
Service Panel - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-16-38
Page 303
May 01/08
R
AXM
(1) Open the cap of the toilet drain connection and the fill and rinse
connection.
(4) Move the drain valve control-handle 3341MM from the CLOSE to the OPEN
position.
Subtask 12-16-38-170-050
(1) Connect the flush/fill hose (1-inch diameter) of the toilet service
vehicle to the fill and rinse connection.
(3) make sure that the water pressure is stable at 2.4 bar (34.81 psi)
and the water flow is stable at 38.0 l (10.04 USgal) per minute.
(4) Flush the toilet system with approximately 57.0 l (15.06 USgal) of
water.
(5) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the fluid has drained
completely.
(7) Push the drain valve control-handle 3341M to the CLOSE position.
Subtask 12-16-38-613-051
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 12-16-38
Page 304
May 01/08
R
AXM
(1) Use the toilet service vehicle and fill the waste tank with 10 l
(2.64 USgal) of disinfectant solution.
(4) Make sure there are no leaks from the waste drain connection, leaks
are not permitted.
NOTE : The inner flap (1) will close and lock automatically when you
____
close the drain cap (2).
(6) Disconnect the fill and rinse hose and let the connection drain
completely.
(8) Clean and dry the service panel area with a lint free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-38-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-16-38
Page 305
May 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-16-38-862-050
Subtask 12-16-38-942-051
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-16-38
Page 306
May 01/08
R
AXM
RAIN REPELLENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides the procedures related to the Rain Repellent
servicing.
EFF :
ALL 12-17-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 12-17-30-200-001
NOTE : If there is leakage of FORALKYL 2211, you can smell a pine odor.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-17-30-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit open the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-17-30-210-050
(a) On the pressure indicator, make sure that the pointer points to
the green area (if the pointer points to the yellow area, replace
the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-17-30
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
Rain-Repellent Fluid Gage
Figure 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-17-30
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
(b) On the quantity indicator, make sure that there is sufficient
rain-repellent fluid (if you see the surface of the fluid,
replace the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-17-30-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.
EFF :
ALL 12-17-30
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations, for
which a frequency is specified.
The different operations are classified as follows:
- CLEANING (Ref. ATA 12-21),
- LUBRICATION (Ref. ATA 12-22),
- DRAINAGE (Ref. ATA 12-24),
- USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS (Ref. ATA 12-28).
EFF :
ALL 12-20-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
CLEANING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
This section covers the procedures to be applied for the aircraft external
and internal cleaning.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
EXTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-11-615-002
External Cleaning
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
FALL CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR)
_______
PRESSURE:
- IF YOU USE A SPRAY GUN OR
- WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO DRY THE CLEANED PARTS.
AN IMPACT PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR) WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PARTS.
CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 301
Feb 01/07
AXM
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 302
May 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 303
Feb 01/08
AXM
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-21-11-941-054
R A. General
R (2) The persons that do the cleaning must put on BOOT - RUBBER, GLOVES -
R RUBBER, GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF.
R Subtask 12-21-11-860-052
R (1) Tow the aircraft to the cleaning area (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-002) or
R (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-006).
R (3) Put the CHOCK - WHEEL in position in front of and behind the wheels
R of the nose and main landing gears.
R (5) Make sure that the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and thrust
R reversers are retracted.
R (6) On the panel 25VU, push the DITCHING pushbutton 13HL switch to close:
R - the outflow valve 10HL,
R - the skin air inlet valve 15HQ,
R - the skin air outlet valve 22HQ.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 304
Aug 01/06
AXM
(8) Make sure that all landing gear doors, passenger/crew doors, cargo
compartment doors, emergency exits, service panels, access panel,
sliding windows are closed and the engines are cold.
(11) Put TAPE - ADHESIVE on all remaining joints and openings where the
cleaning products can go in and cause damage. Record the locations
where you put the TAPE - ADHESIVE.
Subtask 12-21-11-941-055
C. Job Set-up
(2) Prepare the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE and the cleaning
solution with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001). Obey the
manufacturer instructions. In very dirty areas, increase the
concentration but obey the manufacturer instructions for use. If the
temperature is less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) , use hot
water between 38 deg.C (100.40 deg.F) and 43 deg.C (109.40 deg.F)
with ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001). Obey
the manufacturer instructions.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 305
Feb 01/08
AXM
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-065
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE A COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70
_______
R BAR) PRESSURE:
R - IF YOU USE A SPRAY GUN OR
R - WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO DRY THE CLEANED PARTS.
R AN IMPACT PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR) WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.
R (3) Hold the spray gun approximatively 1 m (3.28 ft.) from the surface
R and inclined at 45 degrees to the surface, never at 90 degrees. Move
R the spray head over the surface and be careful not to stay at one
R spot for more than 5 seconds.
R (4) Apply the cleaning solution from the bottom to the top of the
R aircraft (this prevents scratches and runs) in the sequence below:
R - lower forward fuselage from the leading edge of the wing to the
R nose of the aircraft.
R - lower aft fuselage from the wings, to the leading edge of the
R horizontal stabilizer.
R - upper wing surface between the fuselage and the engine pylon.
R - upper fuselage from the nose to the horizontal stabilizer.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 306
Aug 01/06
AXM
R - lower center fuselage, engine nacelles and wing bottom skin.
R - tail cone, rudder, bottom and top skins of the horizontal
R stabilizer.
R NOTE : In the THS apron area, it is important to point the spray from
____
R the front to the the rear.
R If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
R the cleaning solution can go into the rear fuselage
R non-pressurized compartment.
R - wing top skin between the engine pylon and the wing tips.
R (a) If there are signs of asphalt, remove them with a SPONGE lightly
R soaked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) or CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
R THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
R AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
R (a) Let the cleaning solution have an effect, and after approximately
R 10 minutes, flush before it becomes dry.
R (b) Flush with hot water at 65 deg.C (149.00 deg.F) maximum to remove
R signs of cleaning solution. Do not use steam.
R (c) When you flush the wing and the horizontal stabilizer, always
R complete this step with the bottom skin.
R (e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
R air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 307
Aug 01/06
AXM
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-066
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-067
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL THE
_______
R CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE AIRCRAFT
R SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
R (2) Make sure that the openings in the landing-gear bays are correctly
R closed .
R NOTE : As there are many components in the landing-gear bays that can
____
R be easily damaged. We recommend that you clean the
R landing-gear bays only when you do maintenance procedures.
R (b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001) with a SPONGE only on
R the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays, and in the
R internal surfaces of the landing-gear doors.
R (c) In the zones where access is not easy, apply CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-001) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT, to remove
R all signs of grease and oil.
R (d) Flush the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays to remove all
R signs of cleaning solution.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 308
Aug 01/06
AXM
(e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
Subtask 12-21-11-916-052
Subtask 12-21-11-210-059
E. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that the paint on the components is in the correct
condition and that there are no signs of corrosion.
(2) Make sure that the bond is correct and that none of the rubber
sealant is missing.
(3) Make sure that there is no unwanted material in the holes, water
drain and threads.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 309
May 01/07
AXM
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid on the hydraulic pipes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-11-860-053
(5) On the panel 25 VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch 13HL to
open:
- the outflow valve 10HL,
- the skin air inlet valve 15HQ,
- the skin air outlet valve 22HQ.
Subtask 12-21-11-410-051
(1) Remove the tag from the Captain side stick or write in the log book
that the protection covers/devices are not installed.
(4) Remove the ground support and the maintenance equipment, the special
and standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-11
Page 310
Feb 01/08
AXM
INTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-12-100-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-062-A
R (1) Clean the instrument panel Display Unit (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-100-
001).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 301
Aug 01/08
AXM
Cockpit Display Units
R Figure 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 302
May 01/06
AXM
R ISIS Indicator
R Figure 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-009
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 303
Aug 01/06
AXM
R (2) Clean the multipurpose control Display Unit(s) (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-
82-12-100-001).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-051
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 304
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF
No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 305
Nov 01/07
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-055
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-071
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 306
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
Linings and Furnishings - Cockpit
R Figure 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-007
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 307
Aug 01/06
AXM
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE
_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(2) Clean the foam plastic (polyurethane) parts (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-100-
001).
(3) Clean the overhead panel, the glareshild, the main instrument panel,
the lateral consoles and the center pedestal:
(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
NOTE : Always make the cloth moist, not the part you will clean.
____
(e) Dry the surface with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
(a) Clean the seats as given in the (Ref. CMM 25-11-XX) of the seat
manufacturer.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 308
Aug 01/08
AXM
Vacuum Cleaner Sockets
R Figure 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 309
Aug 01/06
AXM
(5) Clean the floor:
(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.
(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-055
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 310
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-003
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 311
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-056
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-072
(a) Soak the area of the stain with warm clean water.
(b) Dry the area of the stain with a lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Carefully apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) to the area
of the stain with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 312
Aug 01/08
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-21-12
Page 313
Aug 01/08
AXM
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification
R Figure 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 314
Aug 01/06
AXM
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification
R Figure 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 315
Aug 01/06
AXM
(e) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
(b) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-080
(1) Remove the loose dirt from surface with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
(2) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.
(4) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-056
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 316
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 317
May 01/07
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-057
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-073
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 318
Nov 01/07
AXM
Linings and Furnishings - Lavatory
Figure 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 319
May 01/07
R
AXM
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the dirty surface
with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(d) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 320
Aug 01/08
AXM
(e) If there is a stain:
1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010) to the surface
with a cloth.
2
_ Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a
CHAMOIS LEATHER.
(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-019) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-057
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 321
May 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 322
Nov 01/07
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-058
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-110-050
(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).
(b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 323
Aug 01/08
AXM
(c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-002) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SADDLE SOAP OR WAX POLISHES. LDO NOT USE
_______
CLEANING FLUIDS WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFIED FOR LEATHER. LDO
NOT USE SPRAY POLISHES THAT CONTAIN SILICONE. LIF YOU DO
NOT OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
LEATHER SURFACE.
(b) Clean the leather surfaces of the seat with Pelle Leather Care
Products and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
Subtask 12-21-12-110-051
(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).
(b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
(c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-002) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-058
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 324
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-006
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 325
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-059
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-074
(1) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do not
get wet.
(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-081
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-025) to the area you will
clean and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 326
Aug 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-059
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 327
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-007
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 328
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-010-054
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door as required (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-861-060
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 329
Aug 01/08
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-21-12
Page 330
Aug 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-075
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Remove loose materials with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC or a BRUSH - NON
R METALLIC and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
R (2) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C).
(b) Clean the area with the cleaning solution and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Dry the area with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG
F).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 331
Nov 01/07
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-060
Subtask 12-21-12-410-054
B. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 332
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-008
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-061
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-076
R (1) Clean the cabin monitors and the display screens (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-
100-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-061
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 333
Aug 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-100-009
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 334
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-063
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-077
A. General Cleaning
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.
(2) Apply a mild soap solution to the dirty surface with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 335
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
(5) If necessary, do Para B. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-078
B. Special Cleaning
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Apply an abrasive general household cleaning agent to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a moist lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(3) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003)
Subtask 12-21-12-160-079
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 336
Aug 01/08
AXM
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-008) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-009) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-063
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 337
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
R TASK 12-21-12-100-010
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 338
Nov 01/07
AXM
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-051
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-21-12-100-050
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 339
Nov 01/07
AXM
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(d) Apply the solution to the dirty area or surface with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(f) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
Subtask 12-21-12-100-051
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 340
Aug 01/08
AXM
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-052
R A. Close Access
R (1) Install the galley equipment you removed before (Ref. AMM 254500).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 341
Nov 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-670-001
WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 342
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-052
Subtask 12-21-12-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
Subtask 12-21-12-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons that the aircraft
will be disinfected.
R (3) Open the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
003).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 343
Aug 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 12-21-12-615-050
(b) Clean and dry the cockpit equipment and furnishings with and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Galleys:
(b) Clean and dry the galleys and the galley equipment with clean
water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 344
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
(3) Lavatories:
(b) Clean and dry the toilet seats and the lavatory equipment with
clean water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cabin seats and
the cabin equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the cabin equipment with clean water and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(b) Clean and dry the cargo compartments with clean water and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-053
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1XA, 7MC.
Subtask 12-21-12-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (2) Close the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-004).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 345
Aug 01/08
AXM
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 12-21-12-862-052
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 346
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-670-002
WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 347
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-053
Subtask 12-21-12-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 348
Nov 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-21-12-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about the
aircraft fumigation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
R | Compartment |-----------------------------------------------------------|
| | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Cockpit | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 |
| | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Cabin | 80 m3 | 95 m3 | 110 m3 | 137 m3 |
| (SEE NOTE) | (3178 ft.3) | (3355 ft.3) | (3885 ft.3) | (4838 ft.3) |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Forward Cargo | 6.5 m3 | 10.7 m3 | 15.5 m3 | 25.4 m3 |
| | (230 ft.3) | (378 ft.3) | (547 ft.3) | (897 ft.3) |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|-------------|
| Aft and Bulk | 14.7 m3 | 21.2 m3 | 28 m3 | 32.6 m3 |
| Cargo | (519 ft.3) | (749 ft.3) | (989 ft.3) | (1151 ft.3) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) If necessary remove the cushions and backrests of the cabin seats,
the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
(5) Open all the stowages, the lavatory doors and the cockpit door.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 349
Aug 01/08
AXM
(c) Put WARNING NOTICE notices in position to tell your personnel
that the trap-door 231AF is open.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION WHEN THE TRAP DOOR (231AF) IS
OPEN.
INJURY CAN OCCUR IF PERSONS FALL THROUGH THE OPENING.
(9) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-615-051
WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.
WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 350
Aug 01/08
AXM
(b) Dry all wet surfaces and covers immediately with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).
(5) Open all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(6) Let all the doors stay open for 5 hours before you go into the
aircraft.
(7) Clean all the surfaces of the cockpit and the cabin:
- The cockpit display units
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-001)
- The cockpit equipment and furnishings
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-002)
- The plastic surfaces and mirrors
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004)
- The light alloy and steel components
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006)
- The monitors and display screens in the cabin
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-055
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1XA, 7MC.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 351
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
Subtask 12-21-12-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).
(3) Close the cockpit door (and the trapdoor 231AF if installed).
(5) If removed, install the cushions and the backrests of the cabin
seats, the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
(9) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 12-21-12-862-053
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 352
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-670-004
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 353
Feb 01/08
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 354
Feb 01/08
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(b) Put SAFETY BARRIER in position to keep all persons out of the
work area.
(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about
the aircraft fumigation.
(d) If you do the task in a hangar which has under-floor areas, make
sure that they are sealed.
Subtask 12-21-12-010-056
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 355
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
(3) In the forward utility area of the cabin:
Subtask 12-21-12-480-050
(b) Put the HOSE - RUBBER, min. dia 150 mm (6.0 in.), (2) through the
opening in the center service channel.
(c) Put the upper end of the hose (2) in the highest position in the
fuselage and attach it with cable ties.
(d) Connect the lower end of the hose (2) to the window adapter (1).
FOR 10HL
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 356
Feb 01/08
AXM
Adapter Cockpit Sliding Window
Figure 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 357
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
Adapter Air-Outflow Valve
Figure 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 358
Nov 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-21-12-869-050-A
(1) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up:
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001).
(3) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the avionics compartment access doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-614-050
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START THE FUMIGATION PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT NO
_______
PERSONS ARE IN THE AIRCRAFT.
THE FUMIGATION GAS CAN CAUSE DEATH.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 359
Feb 01/08
AXM
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE DOORS DURING THE PROCEDURE.
_______
POISONOUS GAS IS IN THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position at all doors to tell your personnel
not to open them.
(2) Operate the gas charging equipment to fill the pressurized area of
the fuselage with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-009)
(carbon-dioxide).
(a) Refer to the following table for the required quantity of CO2
gas.
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
R |----------------------|---------------------------------------|
| | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
R |----------------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| Quantity of | | | | |
| CO2 gas | 550Kg | 600kg | 750kg | 900kg |
| (carbon-dioxide) | | | | |
| | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Stop the gas charging equipment when the DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
shows that CO2 (carbon-dioxide) flows out of the outlet hose (2).
Subtask 12-21-12-010-061
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 360
Aug 01/08
AXM
(4) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, open it (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-006).
Subtask 12-21-12-080-050
(1) Disconnect the gas charging equipment from the air-outflow valve
adapter (1).
(2) Remove the outlet tube (2) and the adapters (1).
(3) Remove the masking tape (Mat. No. 08-074) from the outlet of the:
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)
and
- All fuselage drain valves
Subtask 12-21-12-861-062
Subtask 12-21-12-618-050
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 361
Feb 01/08
AXM
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the cabin floor level.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(4) Close the cockpit sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-410-001).
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).
(6) If you did the task in a hangar with under floor areas:
(a) Carefully open the sealed areas of the hangar and do a check for
R remaining CO2 concentration with a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS.
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the floor of the under-floor areas of the
hangar.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 362
Feb 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-21-12-862-062
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 363
Nov 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-21-12-670-006
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-052
A. Preparation
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell the flight
crew that:
- the procedure to apply insecticides in compartments that have smoke
detectors is in progress.
- smoke warning(s) caused from the insecticide agent can occur.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 364
Nov 01/07
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-670-051
Subtask 12-21-12-210-051
B. Visual Inspection
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-053
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 365
Aug 01/08
AXM
R - AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (31HN)
Subtask 12-21-12-710-051
D. Test.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-942-054
A. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 12-21-12
Page 366
Aug 01/08
AXM
DUST REMOVAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
________________________________
TASK 12-21-13-100-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove the dust contamination from the avionics compartment and from the
cockpit (panels 10VU and 13VU).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 701
Aug 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 702
Aug 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 703
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 704
Feb 01/06
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-861-050
R Subtask 12-21-13-010-050-B
R B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 705
Aug 01/07
AXM
Location of Units in the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and 13VU)
Figure 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 706
Aug 01/05
AXM
R (4) Removal of the computers in the avionics compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 707
Aug 01/07
AXM
Location of Shelves and Computers in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 708
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
R (e) On the shelf 85VU:
R - remove the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001)
R - remove the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040)
R - remove the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-
R 34-000-001)
R - remove the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001)
R - remove the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001).
R (i) Remove the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2,
R 1FP3) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001)
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 709
Aug 01/07
AXM
R (j) On the shelf 91VU:
R - remove the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-
R 000-001)
R - remove the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-000-001), if
R installed.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 710
Aug 01/07
AXM
R - remove the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001), if
R installed
R - remove the ILS receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001)
R or the multi mode receiver 2 (40RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-
R 002).
R (a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
R 109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
R - remove the rack assy.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-13-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment and the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and
13VU)
(a) the area where the units and computers were installed
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 711
Aug 01/07
AXM
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-21-13-410-050-B
R A. Close Access
R (a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
R 109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
R - install the rack assy
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 712
Aug 01/07
AXM
R (b) On the shelf 82VU:
R - install the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002)
R - install the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-400-
R 001)
R - install the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
R 001)
R - install the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
R 001)
R - install the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-
R 33-400-001)
R - install the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-
R 001), if removed
R - install the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-
R 34-400-001), if removed.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 713
Aug 01/07
AXM
R (g) On the shelf 87VU:
R - install the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-400-001)
R - install the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-400-001), if removed
R - install the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-001), if removed
R - install the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-400-001)
R - install the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-
R 001)
R - install the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-400-001), if removed
R - install the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-002), if
R removed
R - install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
R removed.
R (i) Install the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2,
R 1FP3) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 714
Aug 01/07
AXM
R (m) On the shelf 94VU:
R - install the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001)
R - install the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-400-001)
R - install the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-400-001)
R - install the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-400-
R 001), if removed.
R (5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 12-21-13-862-050
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 715
Aug 01/07
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-21-13
Page 716
Aug 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-21-13-100-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the access doors 812 and 822.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 717
Feb 01/07
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-13-140-050
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
Subtask 12-21-13-140-051
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the left and right external grids of the relay box 103VU.
Subtask 12-21-13-140-052
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 718
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
Location of Units in Avionics Compartment
Figure 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 719
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
Subtask 12-21-13-140-053
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-13-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-21-13
Page 720
Feb 01/06
AXM
LUBRICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________
1. _______
General
The lubrication instructions define:
- Specification of the lubricant to be used
- Points to be lubricated
- Special precautions to be observed.
B. Lubricant Specifications
The lubricant references are given in the list of materials required for
aircraft servicing and maintenance (Ref. ATA 20-31).
C. General Requirements
(1) Use only clean lubricants and tools for lubrication operations.
(2) Before starting any lubricating operation, carefully clean the grease
nipples lubricating holes.
Lubrication must be accomplished immediately.
Check that grease nipples and fitted with ball and spring.
(3) Ensure that the old grease exudes through the pressure relief valves
and on each side of the spherical bearings (unless the quantity of
grease to be used is indicated).
(4) After lubrication, remove all surplus grease. Wipe the grease nipple
with a clean, lint-free cloth.
Check that the ball and its spring are in position.
D. Lubrication Symbols
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The symbols used represent the recommended lubrication method.
Below each symbol, an index indicates:
- First term : the lubrication point location
- Second term : the lubricant to be used.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
Lubrication Symbols
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 12-22-00
Page 2
Aug 01/05
AXM
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-22-27-640-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 301
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 302
Aug 01/07
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-053
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the
APU.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the THS.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
Subtask 12-22-27-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the access door
312AR.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 303
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator.
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 304
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-052
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Clean the greaser and the THS actuator ball-screw nut with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Use a PIN - NON METALLIC and make sure that the vent hole of the
ball-screw nut is clear.
(3) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply the new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) through the greaser of the ball-screw nut. Apply the grease
until it comes out through the vent hole.
NOTE : It is normal that some grease also comes out through the
____
top/bottom nut seals.
(4) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
(5) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply more new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) through the greaser of the ball-screw nut. Continue to apply
grease until approximately 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of the grease comes out
through the vent hole.
R NOTE : Grease can come out from the ball-screw nut vent hole or the
____
R top/bottom nut seals. If grease leaks from a different
R position, you must replace the THS Actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-
R 51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
(6) Remove the GUN - GREASE and make sure that the ball in the greaser
closes correctly after lubrication.
(7) Clean the unwanted grease from the greaser and the ball-screw nut
with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(8) Make sure the travel range of the THS actuator ball-screw nut is
clear.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 305
Aug 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-22-27-865-066
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
Subtask 12-22-27-860-053
(5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push (in) the
F/CTL pushbutton switch. On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL
page comes into view.
(6) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
(7) On the center pedestal, use the pitch-trim control wheel to operate
the THS through one full cycle as follows:
- slowly move the THS to the 13.5 deg UP stop
- slowly move the THS to the 4 deg DN stop
- slowly move the THS back to the 0 position.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 306
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
(8) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
Subtask 12-22-27-640-058
(1) Lubricate the THS actuator ball-screw nut again as given in Paragraph
4A.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 307
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
Subtask 12-22-27-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 308
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-27-640-004- 01
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 309
Nov 01/07
AXM
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 310
Aug 01/07
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-22-27-866-052
(2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever (panel 114VU) to
tell persons not to operate the flap system.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
flap track.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 311
Nov 01/07
AXM
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 312
Feb 01/08
AXM
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 313
Feb 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-053
A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers and No.1 Track Lever Arm
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses grease, refer to the SIL
____
(Ref. SIL 12-008).
NOTE : Make sure that the greaser ball of each greaser has sealed
____
correctly after lubrication.
(1) Clean the greasers of the flap track carriage-rollers with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the flap track
carriage-rollers. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out
of the applicable roller.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Clean the greasers of the No.1 track lever arm with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(5) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the No.1 track lever
arm. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out of the lever
arm pivot.
(6) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers of the No.1 track
lever arm with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 314
Nov 01/07
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-057
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-22-27-866-053
B. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-054
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 315
Nov 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-22-27-640-005
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 316
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 317
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
Subtask 12-22-27-866-054
R (2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
R POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever (panel 114VU) to
tell persons not to operate the flap system.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
spoiler.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY 21CE2 Q18
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-054
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 318
Aug 01/07
AXM
Spoiler Servo Control Bearing - Lubrication Point
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-007
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 319
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the spoiler
servo-control bearings with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-059
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-866-055
B. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-055
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 320
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-27-640-006
Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 321
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 322
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-056
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-22-27-866-056
R (2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
R POSITION (98D27803000000) is installed on the flap/slat control
lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the slats.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
slat track.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
Subtask 12-22-27-010-054
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004) and
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006):
- for the left wing remove 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB
- for the right wing remove 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB, 622FB,
622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 323
Aug 01/07
AXM
Slats - Lubrication Points
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 324
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-055
A. Lubricate the Slat Track Pinion Bearings, the Slat Track Rollers, the
Pinions and the Rack Teeth
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Lubricate the pinion bearings with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) as follows:
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers at a maximum
pressure of 3 bar (43.5 psi).
2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.
1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers.
2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.
(2) Lubricate the slat track rollers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) as follows:
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(b) Lubricate the slat track rollers through the greasers until new
grease comes out.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the slat track
rollers and pinion bearings with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 325
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-054
A. Close Access
- for the right wing install 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB,
622FB, 622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-061
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.
Subtask 12-22-27-866-057
C. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-056
D. Removal of Equipment
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 326
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-27-640-007
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific fine brush
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 327
Feb 01/07
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-010-055
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
121.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
312.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 328
Feb 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-22-27-860-050
(1) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels
are set to zero.
(2) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) to lock the
pitch control wheels.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
Subtask 12-22-27-020-050
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-056
R NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
R the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Clean the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a fine brush.
R
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 329
Feb 01/07
AXM
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 330
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-22-27
Page 331
Feb 01/07
AXM
Control Chains
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 332
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
Control Chains
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 333
Feb 01/07
R
AXM
R (2) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED to apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R to the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-420-050
Subtask 12-22-27-865-063
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-057
(1) On the center pedestal, remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING.
Subtask 12-22-27-410-055
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 334
Feb 01/07
AXM
TASK 12-22-27-640-009
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 335
Feb 01/07
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-22-27-941-061
R A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the
R APU.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the THS.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 336
Feb 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-22-27-010-057
R C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
zone 312.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-020-052
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
Subtask 12-22-27-640-061
(1) Make sure that the cables (6) and (7) are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-001).
(2) Clean the control cables (6) and (7) in this area, with a lint-free
cloth.
(3) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (6) and (7)
(Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001).
(4) Lubricate the control cables (6) and (7) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004).
NOTE : Refer to the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008) about the mixing of lithium
____
and clay based greases.
Subtask 12-22-27-420-052
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 337
Feb 01/07
AXM
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-008
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 338
Feb 01/07
AXM
(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-27
Page 339
Feb 01/07
AXM
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________
TASK 12-22-32-640-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 302
Nov 01/05
AXM
(4) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-22-32-010-050
B. Get Access
(3) Make sure that a GROUND LOCK SLEEVE (460005835) is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuating cylinder.
Subtask 12-22-32-640-055
(1) Make sure that the lubrication equipment is in the correct condition
before you fill it.
(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure that the lines and
adaptor are full of new lubricant.
(3) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-32-640-057
NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 303
Nov 01/07
R
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 18 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 304
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 28 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 305
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 38 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 306
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 48 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 307
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 58 (SHEET 5)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 308
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 68 (SHEET 6)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 309
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 78 (SHEET 7)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 310
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001- 88 (SHEET 8)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 311
Nov 01/07
AXM
R MLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 312
Nov 01/07
AXM
(a) Lubricate the MLG Uplock, Item No. 5 of the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
Table, with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) as follows:
R
R - use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate the uplock
R with a maximum of two full strokes.
Subtask 12-22-32-640-051
NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(a) Lubricate all of the greasers in the MAIN LANDING GEAR Table with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.
(b) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 thru 4 in the MAIN LANDING GEAR
DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes
out.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 313
Aug 01/06
AXM
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MAIN LANDING GEAR |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 1 | Retraction | 6 | 1 on the piston rod |
R | | Actuating Cylinder | | 2 on the piston rod attachment |
R | | | | pin |
R | | | | 3 on the structure attachment pin |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | Upper Leg | 9 | 1 on the forward pintle housing |
R | | | | 1 on the aft pintle housing |
R | | | | 3 on the aft pintle pin |
R | | | | 4 on the aircraft structure at the |
R | | | | forward pintle bearing (it is |
R | | | | permitted to lubricate only 2 |
R | | | | greasers when the MLG is |
R | | | | installed) |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | Gland Housing | 3 | 3 on the bottom bearing |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | Torque Link | 8 | 3 on the top torque link |
R | | | | 2 on the top torque link |
R | | | | attachment pin |
R | | | | 3 on the bottom torque link |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 5 | Lower Leg Lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 6 | Leg Side-Stay | 2 | 2 on the leg attachment bracket |
R | | Attachment | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 7 | Side-Stay | 15 | 5 at the top cardan joint |
R | | | | 7 at the middle joint |
R | | | | 3 at the bottom cardan joint |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 8 | Lockstay | 13 | 2 at the side-stay attachment |
R | | | | 3 at the middle joint |
R | | | | 1 on the lockstay attachment lug |
R | | | | of the upper leg |
R | | | | 3 on the lockstay cardan joint |
R | | | | 2 on the top of the lockstay |
R | | | | 2 at the actuator attachment |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 9 | Lockstay Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
R | | Cylinder | | cylinder |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 10 | Side-Stay Bracket, | 4 | 2 at each bush |
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 314
May 01/06
AXM
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R | | at A/C structure | | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 315
May 01/06
AXM
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 1 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the aft hinge |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the roller |
R | | Uplock-Roller | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | MLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
R | | Cylinder | | cylinder |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 5 | MLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-32-942-050
B. Removal of Equipment
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 316
May 01/06
AXM
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 317
May 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-32-640-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 318
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 319
Nov 01/05
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 18 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 320
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 28 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 321
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 38 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 322
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 48 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 323
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 58 (SHEET 5)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 324
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 68 (SHEET 6)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 325
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 78 (SHEET 7)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 326
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 88 (SHEET 8)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 327
Nov 01/07
AXM
R NLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 328
Nov 01/07
AXM
(3) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-22-32-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position adjacent to the NLG.
(3) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 12-22-32-640-056
(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure the lines and adaptor
are full of new lubricant.
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-32-640-053
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 329
Nov 01/06
AXM
R (1) Lubricate the NLG Door and Uplock:
R (a) Lubricate the NLG Door and NLG Gear Uplock (items No. 1 and No. 2
R of the NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS table) with COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) as follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the tables
R with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the tables
R with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 330
Nov 01/06
AXM
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NOSE LANDING GEAR |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R
R | 1 | Upper Drag-Strut | 4 | 2 on the drag-strut (one on each |
R | | | | side) |
R | | | | 1 on each attachment pin |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | Self-Aligning | 2 | 2 on the aircraft structure (one |
R | | Bearings | | on each side) |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | Lockstay Middle | 2 | 1 on the attachment pin |
R | | Axis | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | Retraction Actuator| 4 | 1 at one end of the actuator |
R | | | | 3 on the retraction actuator pin |
R
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 5 | Leg Upper | 6 | 1 on each attachment pin |
R | | Attachments | | 2 on the adjacent aircraft |
R | | | | structure for the swivel |
R | | | | bearings (one on each side) |
R | | | | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
R | | | | side) |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 6 | Lockstay to the | 4 | 2 on the NLG leg |
R | | NLG Leg Attachment | | 2 on the lockstay upper arm |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 7 | Nosewheel Steering | 1 | 1 on the actuator |
R | | Actuator | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 8 | Drag-Strut to the | 3 | 2 on the NLG leg |
R | | Leg Attachment | | 1 on the bottom arm of the drag- |
R | | | | strut |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 9 | Drag-Strut to the | 10 | 2 on the drag-strut bottom arm |
R | | Lockstay Attachment| | 1 on the bottom arm pin |
R | | | | 2 on the drag-strut |
R | | | | 2 on the ball joint |
R | | | | 1 on the strut link-pin |
R | | | | 1 on the uplock roller pin |
R | | | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 10 | Torque Links | 12 | 4 on the top torque link |
R | | | | 2 on the turning tube (near the |
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 331
May 01/06
AXM
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R | | | | upper torque link connector) |
R | | | | 2 on the middle hinge pin |
R | | | | 4 on the bottom torque link |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 11 | Cam Pivot for NLG | 1 | 1 on the cam pivot pin |
R | | Weight-on-Wheels | | |
R | | Sensor | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 12 | Downlock Release | 2 | 1 on one end of the actuator |
R | | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin on the |
R | | | | NLG leg |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 13 | NLG Leg to the | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
R | | Rotating Rod | | side) |
R | | Attachment | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 14 | NLG Leg Barrel | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg |
R | | Lower Bearing | | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 332
May 01/06
AXM
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NOSE LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 1 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 3 on the aft side |
R | | | | 1 on the forward side |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | NLG Gear Uplock | 3 | 2 on one side |
R | | | | 1 on the other side |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | Rotating Rod | 4 | 1 on the lower attachment pin |
R | | Assembly | | 3 on the rotating rod |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | NLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 on support bracket attachment pin|
R | | Cylinder | | 1 on bellcrank lever attachment pin|
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-32-942-052
B. Removal of Equipment
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 333
May 01/06
AXM
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-32
Page 334
May 01/06
AXM
DOORS - SERVICING
_________________
TASK 12-22-52-640-002
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870
MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
R CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 302
May 01/08
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-051
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).
(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened cargo
door
(3) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the applicable cargo
door.
(4) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-
32-13-000-001).
Subtask 12-22-52-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-051-A
(1) Lubricate the piano hinges with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the target lever with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges at the FWD
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002
EFF :
ALL
12-22-52 Page 304
May 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003
EFF :
ALL
12-22-52 Page 305
May 01/08
AXM
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the link assy with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(a) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(4) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(6) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(a) Lubricate the latching hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank of each latching unit with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004).
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock lever and the roller
lever with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock link with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
R (c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleeve with OILS
(Material No. 03-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 306
Aug 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 307
May 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Latching Unit
R Figure 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 308
May 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Interlock Mechanism
R Figure 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 309
May 01/08
AXM
(8) Lubricate the drift pin mechanism as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033)
(a) Lubricate the drift pins with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank lever with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(c) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(b) Lubricate bearing of the sequence shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
R (c) Make sure that you do not apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15- 06) to the ball bearings of the door mechanism.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 310
Aug 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
R Figure 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 311
May 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Sequence Shaft Assembly
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-034
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 312
Aug 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-865-050
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-22-52-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the removed door linings on the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-400-001).
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(4) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo
door.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 313
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-005
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 314
May 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
passenger/crew door.
(4) Remove the door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003)
or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) as required.
(5) Remove the insulation blankets from the applicable door frame as
required.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 315
May 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-054
(1) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the actuation
lever (1).
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot point of the target
lever (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Install the applicable door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006) 222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-008) or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 316
May 01/08
AXM
Actuating Mechanism of Proximity Switches
R Figure 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-007
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 317
May 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-006
Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 318
May 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
passenger/crew door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-055
(a) Make sure that the external control handle of the applicable
passenger/crew door is in the horizontal position.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 319
May 01/08
AXM
Lubrication of the External Control Handles-FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-008
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 320
May 01/08
AXM
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the control
mechanism of the external control handle. the applicable external
control handle.
(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-006)
(a) Clean the lubrication fitting (1) with a lint-free cotton cloth,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(b) Operate the GUN - GREASE until the new grease COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 321
May 01/08
AXM
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm
R Figure 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-006
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 322
May 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-007
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 323
May 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-057
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed BULK
cargo-compartment door (refered to as Bulk door).
(2) Push the button of the external door handle so that it moves from its
recess.
NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK position at
____
this time.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-056
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the shaft of the
external door handle.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 324
May 01/08
AXM
External Door Handle of Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-015
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 325
May 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 326
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-008
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 327
May 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-064
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD, lateral
R left, lateral right or aft avionics compartment door as required.
(2) Push the button of the external door handle at the applicable
avionics compartment door so that it moves from its recess.
NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK position at
____
this time.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-057
R (1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
R external door handle at the FWD avionics compartment door.
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the lateral left avionics compartment door.
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the lateral right avionics compartment door.
R (4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
R external door handle at the aft avionics compartment door.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 328
Aug 01/08
AXM
External Door Handle of Avionics Compartment Doors
R Figure 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-010
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 329
May 01/08
AXM
(6) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) to the inner surface
and the adjacent area of the applicable external door handle.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 330
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-009
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 331
May 01/08
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-065
A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
R (1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
R door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).
(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened cargo
door.
(3) Remove the door lining and insulation from the applicable cargo door
to get access to inner skin (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or
(Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(4) Remove the screws and access cover from the inner skin of the cargo
door.
Subtask 12-22-52-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 332
Aug 01/08
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-22-52
Page 333
May 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R Figure 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014- 12 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 334
May 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R Figure 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014- 22 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 335
May 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-058
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or to the grease nipple of
the door handle shaft.
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the door
handle flap.
R (3) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the handle flap spring.
R (4) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the bearings of the serrated
R shaft.
R (6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
the Malteser-cross latch and the Malteser-cross lock.
R (7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
R the handle catch hook.
R (8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
R the roller lever.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-865-053
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
R
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 336
May 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-22-52-410-058
B. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
(1) Put the access cover on the inner skin of the cargo door and attach
it with the screws.
(2) Install the door lining and insulation on the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 337
May 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-014
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific hand grease gun
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 338
May 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-066
A. Get Access
(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-46-000-001) and the door insulation as required.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 339
May 01/08
AXM
Lubrication of the Safety Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
R Figure 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-022
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 340
May 01/08
AXM
Lubrication of the Girt Bar Spring
R Figure 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-029
R
EFF :
001-099, 12-22-52
Page 341
May 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-22-52-640-063
A. Lubrication Procedure
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a hand grease gun to
the grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)
(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.
(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the lower seal nut (7).
(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.
(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the upper seal nut (8).
(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a brush to the spring
of girt bar trigger.
EFF :
001-099, 12-22-52
Page 342
May 01/08
AXM
**ON A/C 101-200,
Subtask 12-22-52-640-063-A
A. Lubrication Procedure
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a hand grease gun to
the grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)
(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.
(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.
(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the upper seal nut (8).
(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
EFF :
101-200, 12-22-52
Page 343
May 01/08
AXM
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-063
A. Close Access
(1) Install the removed door insulation and door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-
46-400-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 344
May 01/08
AXM
TASK 12-22-52-640-016
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 345
May 01/08
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-068
A. Get Access
Subtask 12-22-52-160-050
B. Cleaning Procedure
(1) Clean the bearing area of the opened door with a lint-free cloth and
the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-065
(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-014) on all sliding parts of the
bearings.
(2) Release the door stay mechanism and move the applicable door in the
close and open direction serveral times.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 346
May 01/08
AXM
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings
R Figure 316/TASK 12-22-52-991-028
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 347
May 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-065
A. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 348
May 01/08
AXM
R FWD Cargo-Compartment Doors - Lubrication of the Deflectiton Unit
R Figure 317/TASK 12-22-52-991-035
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 349
Aug 01/08
AXM
R AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors - Lubrication of the Deflectiton Unit
R Figure 318/TASK 12-22-52-991-036
EFF :
ALL 12-22-52
Page 350
Aug 01/08
AXM
FUSELAGE - SERVICING
____________________
TASK 12-22-53-640-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 301
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-53-860-050
A. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.
Subtask 12-22-53-941-050
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-22-53-010-050
C. Open Access
(1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
operation of the flight controls.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-53-640-050
R A. Lubricate the attach and hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-53-410-050
Subtask 12-22-53-942-050
B. Close Access
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 303
Aug 01/08
AXM
Lubrication Points of the Hinge and Attach Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001
EFF :
ALL
12-22-53 Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
R TASK 12-22-53-640-002
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
R CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
R OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 305
Aug 01/08
AXM
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-22-53-860-051
R A. Aircraft Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
R 10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
R 864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.
R Subtask 12-22-53-941-052
R B. Get Access
R Subtask 12-22-53-010-051
R C. Open Access
R (1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
R operation of the flight controls.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-22-53-640-051
R A. Lubricate the attach and hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-037).
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002)
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 306
Aug 01/08
AXM
R Lubrication of the Attach and Hinge fittings of the Horizontal Stabilizer
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 307
Aug 01/08
AXM
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-22-53-410-051
R Subtask 12-22-53-942-051
R B. Close Access
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-53
Page 308
Aug 01/08
AXM
STABILIZERS - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-22-55-640-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-55
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-55-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.
Subtask 12-22-55-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
EFF :
ALL 12-22-55
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-55-640-050
(2) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) through the grease
nipple.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-55-410-051
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-22-55-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
EFF :
ALL 12-22-55
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-22-55
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
WINDOWS - SERVICING
___________________
TASK 12-22-56-600-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific clean and dry cloth
No specific access platform 3.45 m (11 ft. 4 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-22-56
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-56-941-050
A. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-56-615-050
(1) Clean the cockpit sliding window tracks with a brush soaked in
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
Subtask 12-22-56-640-050
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the cockpit sliding
window tracks.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-56
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
Lubrication of Sliding Windows Mechanism Tracks
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-22-56
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-56-942-050
A. Close Access
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-22-56
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
DRAINAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. General
_______
A. The drainage points and their locations are specified in 12-00-00 page 1.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
AIR DATA SYSTEM - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-24-34-600-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-34-860-051
A. Put the access platform in position in the zone 120, opposite the access
door 811.
Subtask 12-24-34-010-050
EFF :
ALL 12-24-34
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-34-680-050
(1) Put the container in position under the water drain (1).
(2) Release the protection plug (2) from the water drain (1).
(3) Turn the protection plug (2) 180 degrees and put it into the drain
valve.
(4) Push the drain valve until the water in the standby static pressure
lines is removed.
(5) Install the protection plug (2) on the water drain (1) and lock it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-34-860-050
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove all the grounding connectors, the maintenance equipment, the
special tools and the standard tools, the ground power units, the
filling equipment and the other items of equipment.
Subtask 12-24-34-410-050
B. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 12-24-34
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
Standby Air Data System Water Drain
Figure 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-24-34
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-24-38-680-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-680-050
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-861-051
Subtask 12-24-38-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU WATER SYS-QANT-IND 1MA B01
R 2001VU WATER-SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
Subtask 12-24-38-941-052
D. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zones 171, 138, 133.
Subtask 12-24-38-860-050
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each wet galley is
open.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 202
Aug 01/07
AXM
(3) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).
(4) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.
Subtask 12-24-38-010-054
(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-38-680-051
(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
NOTE : These
____ lights come on:
- The drain valve control light 2MP,
- The drain valve control light 12MP,
- The overflow valve control light 6MP.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 203
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
Potable Water Service-Panel
Figure 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 204
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(3) Operate the water faucet(s) in the galley(s), the coffee makers and
or the water heater to drain them.
(4) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
- The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.
(5) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-38-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Clean and dry the panels with a lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).
(3) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.
NOTE : If the draining is done in cold weather the caps and access
____
panels should be left open (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-862-051
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 205
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
Subtask 12-24-38-942-055
C. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 206
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-24-38-680-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-680-052
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 207
Aug 01/06
AXM
(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
R as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-
R 31-38-660-001).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION
_______
IF THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER
FROM THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
Subtask 12-24-38-941-053
Subtask 12-24-38-860-051
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).
(3) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.
Subtask 12-24-38-010-055
(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 208
Aug 01/06
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-38-680-053
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
(a) Turn the drain control handle on the drain panel to the OPEN
position.
NOTE : Water
____ will drain from:
- the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU,
- the drain port on the MID drain panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 209
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
- turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the CLOSED
position.
(9) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-38-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-24-38
Page 210
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs) can be used to find the quantity of fuel
in the tanks when the aircraft is on the ground. Electrical power is not
required to operate the MMIs.
Before the MMIs are used it is necessary to find the aircraft attitude
value.
The MMIs are fully described in (Ref. 28-43-00) and for their use
(Ref.12-11-28).
EFF :
ALL 12-28-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations for
which no frequency is specified.
It is divided as follows:
- AIRCRAFT PROTECTION (Ref. ATA 12-31),
- SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS (Ref. ATA 12-32),
- PRE-CONDITIONING (Ref. ATA 12-33),
- SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING (Ref. ATA 12-36).
EFF :
ALL 12-30-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
Safe operation of aircraft in cold weather conditions raises specific
problems. Aircraft downtime and delays in flight schedules caused by cold
weather problems can be minimized by a program of preventive cold weather
servicing.
Procedures for cold weather servicing during cold weather must be developed
by the operator. This servicing must meet their specific requirements based
on :
- their cold weather experience
- the available equipment and materials
- the climatic conditions existing at their bases
This topic contains information to assist the operator in defining
developing, and implementing cold weather preventive maintenance procedures
that will minimize aircraft downtime and improve the safe operating level of
the aircraft in adverse climatic conditions .
These procedures are:
- 12-31-11,P. Block 201 ANTI-ICING PROTECTION
- 12-31-12,P. Block 201 ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL.
- 12-31-21,P. Block 201 AIR CONDITIONING.
- 12-31-24,P. Block 201 ELECTRICAL POWER.
- 12-31-25,P. Block 201 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS.
- 12-31-27,P. Block 201 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
- 12-31-28,P. Block 201 FUEL.
- 12-31-31,P. Block 201 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION.
- 12-31-32,P. Block 201 LANDING GEAR.
- 12-31-35,P. Block 201 OXYGEN SYSTEM
- 12-31-38,P. Block 201 WATER/WASTE.
- 12-31-49,P. Block 201 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT.
- 12-31-51,P. Block 201 STRUCTURE.
- 12-31-52,P. Block 201 DOORS.
- 12-31-71,P. Block 201 POWER PLANT.
Cold Soak Definition
The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when :
- it is parked in cold weather (Outside Air Temperature (OAT) lower than 0
deg.C (32.00 deg.F)) and
- there is no supply of power to the aircraft (no air conditioning).
EFF :
ALL 12-31-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
2. __________________________________
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines
(1) De-icing is a procedure to remove frost, ice, snow and slush from the
aircraft surfaces.
(2) De-icing fluids are normally applied heated. Typical de-icing fluids
are :
- Heated water
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type I)
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid
- Non-Newtonian fluid (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV fluid)
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.
(3) De-icing and anti-icing fluids shall be heated according to the fluid
manufacturers guidelines.
For Type I fluids, water loss can cause undesirable aerodynamic
effects.
For Type II and type IV fluids, therminal exposure and/or water loss
can cause a reduction in fluid viscosity leading to lower holdover
times.
Any of the following situations or a combination of them can
accelerate the fluid performance degradation:
- low fluid consumption,
- trucks being in standby mode with heating system on for extended
periods of time,
- high temperatures in fluid tanks,
- high temperatures in water tanks which are in direct contact with
the fluid tanks (no insulation between tanks).
(5) Anti-icing fluids are normally applied cold directly onto clean
aircraft surfaces. Typical anti-icing fluids are :
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA type I)
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid
- Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV)
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-00
Page 2
Aug 01/05
AXM
(7) Newtonian Fluids (Type I) have a low viscosity that only changes with
temperature
(8) Holdover time is the estimated time during which anti-icing fluids
will prevent the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on
the protected surfaces of the aircraft. The holdover time starts at
the beginning of the anti-icing treatment.
B. Recommendations
(2) Ice, snow and frost or combinations of them will disturb the airflow,
affecting lift and drag. They also increase the aircraft weight.
(3) The aircraft, and especially its surfaces that provide lift and
stability, must be aerodynamically clean. If they are not, safe
operation is not possible.
(4) If the fuel temperature is below freezing point and the aircraft is
subject to precipitation, clear ice may form on the wings (wing tank
area), even if the outside temperature is as high as 15 deg.C (59.00
deg.F).
(5) An aircraft that is ready for flight must not have ice, snow, slush
or frost adhering to its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers and rudder).
R Thin hoarfrost is permitted on the upper surface of the fuselage.
NOTE : A frost layer less than 3 mm (1/8 in.) on the underside of the
____
wing, in the area of fuel tanks, is permitted without effect
EFF :
ALL 12-31-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
AXM
on takeoff performance if it is caused by cold fuel (low fuel
temperature, OAT above freezing and high humidity).
(6) A contamination check of the aircraft must cover all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because accumulations of clear
ice are sometimes not easily visible, it is recommended that critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers and rudder) are
inspected with your hands.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
R
AXM
- inhibitors to restrict corrosion and increase the flash-point
- water and wetting agents to allow the fluid to form a uniform film
over the aircraft surfaces
- thickening agents to enable the fluid to adhere to the aircraft
surfaces for longer periods.
Type II or Type IV fluids have a longer holdover time than type I
fluid.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-00
Page 5
Aug 01/05
AXM
AEA Type II/ 75/ 16.43 local xxxxx
----------- --- ----------- -----
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | --------- Complete name of fluid
| | |
| | ----------------- Local Time of start of the application
| |
| ---------------- % of fluid/water by vol : 75% fluid/25% water
|
Type of fluid used
(6) Equipment
EFF :
ALL 12-31-00
Page 6
Aug 01/05
AXM
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-11-660-001
CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
R (supplied with the fluid).
R The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
R anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
R Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
R - Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
R - Training Recommendations and Background Information for
R De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-11
Page 201
Nov 01/07
AXM
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
operating procedures and requirements.
The procedures prevent the formation of ice in some zones (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) and make the removal of snow from the
aircraft easier.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-11
Page 202
Aug 01/08
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-11-660-052
R A. Recommendations
(1) An aircraft that is prepared for flight must not have ice, snow,
slush or frost on its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical and
horizontal stabilizers, rudder).
(2) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because collected clear ice is
not always easy to see, we recommend that you inspect critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) with
your hands.
(5) If the aircraft comes to the gate with the flaps/slats in a position
other than fully retracted:
- You must inspect these flaps/slats.
- You must de-ice before retraction, if necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-11-860-050
A. Aircraft configuration
(1) Park the aircraft on a flat surface. Make sure that the wheel of the
nose landing gear is on the aircraft axis and the aircraft points
into the wind.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-11
Page 203
Nov 01/07
AXM
(2) Install the safety devices on the landing gears (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
(7) Make sure that the flaps, the slats, the spoilers, the speed brakes
and the thrust reversers are retracted.
R (8) Make sure that the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and the engine bleed
R air systems are stopped.
(a) Make sure that the MODE SEL pushbutton switch is in the AUTO
position.
- the FAULT and the MAN indicator legends in the MODE SEL
pushbutton switch are off.
(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).
(10) Put a warning notice to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very important
in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches,
this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading system.
(11) Make sure that all the doors and the sliding windows are closed.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-11
Page 204
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-31-11-941-050
Subtask 12-31-11-660-051
C. Aircraft Anti-Icing
(1) Apply the anti-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the
R aircraft with the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT)
R SPRAYING
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do no apply fluid directly on:
- The APU air intake
- The ram air inlets
- The landing gear doors
- The engine cowls and air intakes
- The outflow valve air outlet
- The pitot probes
- The static probes
R - The Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
(2) Do not put too much anti-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the snow.
NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to the
____
front), anti-icing fluid can go into the THS or into rear
fuselage non-pressurized compartment.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-11
Page 205
Aug 01/08
AXM
(4) To prevent the flow of fluid on the cockpit windows, remove the
remaining fluid from the forward areas. You can clean the surface
with clear water and a soft cloth.
(5) If you find fluid on the cockpit or cabin windows, clean the window
with clear water and a soft cloth.
- Do not use the wipers to clean fluid from the windshield.
- Be careful to remove all fluid from the windshield, specially in
the wiper area.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-11-942-050
(1) Remove the covers and clean them with water to remove all signs of
the anti-icing fluid.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-11
Page 206
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-12-660-002
R CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
R ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 201
May 01/08
AXM
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedures show how to remove ice and snow from some areas of the
aircraft when the engines are stopped.
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
operating methods and requirements.
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
- Training Recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing Aircraft on the Ground.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 202
Aug 01/08
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brooms
No specific covers
No specific panels
No specific rag
No specific sealing caps
No specific soft brush
No specific warning notice
R No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-660-056
A. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 203
Aug 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-058
A. De-icing with the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (the aircraft engines
are stopped).
NOTE : To use the mobile equipment on the ramp, it has a storage tank
____
for the de-icing fluid.
Do not mix other fluids with the de-icing fluid.
Use it at the ambient temperature.
R (3) Make sure that the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and aircraft engine
R bleed are stopped.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE
_______
THAT THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE
LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU
CAN CAUSE UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) make sure that the MOD SEL pushbutton switch is on AUTO.
(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (ON legend comes on).
(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
(6) Put a warning notice to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very important
in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches,
this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading system.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 204
Aug 01/08
AXM
(7) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the surfaces of the aircraft with the
mobile equipment.
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the ram air inlets,
- the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the landing gear doors,
- the engine cowls and air intakes,
- the outflow valve air outlet,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the static probes,
R - the Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
(8) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.
NOTE : If the layer of snow is too thick, remove most of the snow
____
with brooms. (Use brooms with soft bristles to prevent damage
to the skin of the aircraft).
NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
de-icing fluid can go into the THS or into rear fuselage
non-pressurized compartment.
(10) Make sure that there is no ice frost or snow in the engine air
intake, all the air inlets and outlets and the engine fan blades.
This includes the rear side of the engine fan blades.
Remove collected ice or snow on the landing gear with a rag or a soft
brush.
(12) If the handle of the cargo compartment door stays fully in:
- lubricate the handle and the latch with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 205
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-31-12-660-057
(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-050
(2) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).
(3) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10 HL is in the OPEN
position before:
- you supply air to the aircraft,
- you start the air conditioning packs.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 206
May 01/08
R
AXM
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 207
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-31-12-660-003
WARNING : WEAR A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU DE-ICE THE FORWARD FUSELAGE WITH THE
_______
ENGINES AT IDLE. THE SUCTION AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES CAN BE
DANGEROUS.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
operating methods and requirements.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 208
Aug 01/08
AXM
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of aircraft on the Ground
- Training Recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rag
No specific soft brush
R No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-210-057
R (1) Make sure that there is no ice or snow in the Auxiliary Power Unit
R (APU) intake and ram air inlet.
(2) Make sure that there is no snow or frost on all control surfaces.
(3) Make sure that there is no frost, ice or snow on these items of
equipment :
- the landing gear
- the engine inlets
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine
fan blades)
- the venting system
- the pitot and static probes
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 209
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-31-12-660-061
R (1) Prepare the de-icing compound. For this, obey the instructions of the
R supplier. Do not mix the de-icing compound with the other fluids and
use it at the ambient temperature.
NOTE : For use on the ramp, the mobile equipment has a storage tank
____
for de-icing fluid.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-860-051
(a) Make sure that the MOD SEL pushbutton switch is on AUTO.
(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (ON legend comes on).
(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
(a) Release the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton switches (the
OFF legends are on).
(b) Release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend is off).
(a) Set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON, or chocks ON.
This is not necessary if aircraft is connected to pushback
tractor.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 210
Aug 01/08
AXM
(5) Make sure that the engine THROTTLE control levers are at IDLE to
operate the engines at IDLE.
Subtask 12-31-12-660-059
B. Aircraft De-Icing
(1) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the surfaces of the aircraft with the
mobile equipment.
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the ram air inlets,
- the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the landing gear doors,
- the engine cowls and air intakes,
- the outflow valve air outlet,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the static probes,
R - the Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
(2) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.
NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
de-icing fluid can go into the THS or into the rear fuselage
non-pressurized compartment.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 211
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-31-12-660-060
(2) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).
(3) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10 HL is in the OPEN
position before you supply bleed air to the air conditioning packs.
(4) On the panel 30VU, push the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton
switches (the OFF legends are off).
(5) On the panel 30VU, push the APU bleed pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is on).
(6) On the panel 22VU, push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (AUTO).
Subtask 12-31-12-210-056
Subtask 12-31-12-865-052
E. If the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT message is shown on the upper ECAM DU, reset
these AEVC C/Bs:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-054
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 212
May 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 213
May 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-31-12-660-006
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-660-063
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : DURING THE INFRARED DE-ICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN DOES NOT INCREASE TO MORE THAN
+70 DEG.C (158.0 DEG.F).
Subtask 12-31-12-660-064
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 214
May 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-055
EFF :
ALL 12-31-12
Page 215
May 01/08
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-21-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the air
conditioning.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-21-660-050
A. General
EFF :
ALL 12-31-21
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
(2) Avionics Bay Temperature
(3) If the temperature in the aircraft avionics bay is between -40 deg.C
(-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F):
- do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits before the related
computer systems circuit breakers are open.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-21-660-051
A. Pre-conditioning Recommendations
(1) If the avionics bay temperature is equal to or less than -40 deg.C (-
40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning through the LP ground
connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(2) If the avionics bay temperature is between -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)
and -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning
through:
- the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or,
- the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-31-21
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) If the avionics bay temperature is above -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)you
must do the pre-conditioning:
(c) With the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) and (Ref. TASK 12-31-
49-660-001).
5. Close-up
________
EFF :
ALL 12-31-21
Page 203
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-24-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedures gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
batteries when the aircraft is in a cold soak configuration.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-24-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-24-660-050
A. General.
In very low temperatures, the chemical reaction of the electrolyte is
slower and the performance of the batteries decreases :
- the quantity of high current the batteries can supply decreases,
- the time necessary to charge the batteries increases.
This procedure gives you instructions that keep the batteries
serviceable.
NOTE : The values specified in this procedure are only applicable if the
____
aircraft doors stay closed during the cold soak.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-24
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-31-24-660-051
(1) The batteries can stay on the aircraft during the cold soak if :
- the OAT stays higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F),
(2) Refer to the graph to know the battery cool-down time. You must
remove the batteries before their internal temperature reaches -15
DEG.C (+5.00 DEG.F).
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001)
NOTE : We recommend that you use a ground power unit to start the APU
____
if the OAT was lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) during the
cold soak.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-24
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
Batteries Cooling Down Curve
Figure 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-31-24
Page 203
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-25-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-25
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-25-010-050
R A. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-25-660-050
(a) Remove the ball strips adjacent to the door sill latches
(Ref. TASK 25-52-22-000-001).
NOTE : Make sure that the door sill latches are clean and clear.
____
1
_ If the aircraft is parked and not heated:
- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the
door exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.
2
_ Clean dirt from the floor fittings. Do a check every 350
flight hours, or more frequently as necessary.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-25
Page 202
Feb 01/08
AXM
(b) Escape Slides
1
_ Low pressure (NO GO) indication:
(a) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water,
such as coffee makers and water boilers (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
NOTE : You must operate the taps several times to make sure that
____
the supply lines are empty.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-25
Page 203
Aug 01/05
AXM
(b) Pre-conditioning
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS
_______
OPEN. WITH A WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE
DOOR. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
| TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| 0 deg.C | 1 HOUR | | | |
| (32 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -5 deg.C | | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -5 deg.C | 2 HOURS | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | CONTINUOUS | NO | NO | NO |
| -15 deg.C | | | | |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| BELOW | | AS | | |
| -15 deg.C | CONTINUOUS | REQUIRED | YES | YES |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-25
Page 204
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-31-25-620-050
(1) Remove the first aid kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature
is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F).
NOTE : To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place
____
with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40
deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel that the first aid
kits are removed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-25-410-050
A. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 12-31-25
Page 205
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-27-660-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the flight
controls.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-27
Page 201
May 01/07
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-27-941-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-27-660-050
R (2) You must retract the wing flaps and slats during periods of snowfall
and icing conditions. If it is necessary to operate these controls,
make sure that they are clear of accumulation before retraction.
R (3) If an aircraft arrives with the slats and flaps in a positon other
than fully retracted during a period of ice or snow conditons, those
slats and flaps which are extended must be inspected for ice and snow
accumulation before retracting.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-27
Page 202
May 01/07
AXM
R (4) All control surfaces must have no ice, snow or frost. After the
deicing operation, do a check of the associated hinges, tracks,
actuators and servo controls for trapped moisture that can freeze.
R Apply anti-icing fluid for protection ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
R MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
R (Material No. 10-003), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material
R No. 10-005) or ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
R 004) (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-001)
R (5) Do a check of the leading edge area of the spoilers, the flaps for
ice, snow and frost.
Subtask 12-31-27-660-051
(2) The winter preparation program should include the flap and slat
lubrication.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-27
Page 203
May 01/07
AXM
(3) When you do the lubrication tasks take care to ensure that all the
old grease is removed in order to reduce the risk of an increase in
grease stiffness.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-27
Page 204
May 01/07
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-28-660-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-28-869-050
R A. General Information
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the fuel
R system when:
R - an aircraft is operated or stored in conditions with ground
R temperatures of between 0 deg.C (32 deg.F) and -54 deg.C (-67 deg.F)
R or
EFF :
ALL 12-31-28
Page 201
Feb 01/08
AXM
R - the fuel temperature in the tanks is less than -5 deg.C (23 deg.F).
The fuel storage and handling conditions can have an important effect on
the amount of water in solution with the fuel. In unsatisfactory
conditions, each 3785 liters (1000 USgal) of fuel can contain up to 0.76
l (0.2 USgal) of water. Water can get into the tanks in different ways:
- the fuel supplied to the aircraft contains water
- the air in the tank contains moisture (water)
- during descent large quantities of moist air can enter the tank
- fuel which is open to dampness or wet atmospheric conditions will
contain larger quantities of water than fuel stored in sealed
containers.
In cold conditions, much of this water can come out of solution and fall
to the bottom of the tank. It then collects at the lowest parts of the
tank and can form ice. The formation of ice (and the presence of water)
in the fuel tanks can have an effect on the accuracy and/or performance
of the quantity indication system. It can also cause engine or corrosion
related problems.
NOTE : Ice can form on the inside of the fuel tank close to the water
____
drain valve. When you drain fuel from the tank for a water
analysis check, fuel flows over the ice and collects water. This
can cause incorrect analysis results. The procedure that follows
should remove most of the water/ice from the fuel tank.
You must do the water drain procedure regularly to make sure that
all the water is drained from the tank low points.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-28
Page 202
Feb 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-31-28-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-28-660-050
(1) If a water drain does not open with the usual pressure, find the
cause. The valve could be frozen because of the low temperature.
(c) If necessary, use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom
skin of the tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the
bottom skin does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00
deg.F).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-28
Page 203
Nov 01/07
AXM
(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of
the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
(c) Use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom skin of the
tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the bottom skin
does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F).
NOTE : The temperature of the bottom skin near to the drain valve
____
should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more measured one
minute after the removal of the hot air blower.
Subtask 12-31-28-660-051
R B. Anti-Icing Additives
(1) If you think that fuel temperatures will be less than 0 deg.C (32.00
deg.F) (and if it is not possible to warm the aircraft in a hangar)
it is necessary to put anti-icing additives in the fuel. This makes
sure that the water in the fuel does not freeze.
R When you add anti-icing additives to the fuel, the concentration must
R not be more than:
R - 0.1 % by volume for I.M. icing inhibitor
R - 0.15 % by volume for all other types.
R You must also make sure that the additive is fully mixed with the
R fuel.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-28
Page 204
Nov 01/07
AXM
NOTE : Refer to the engine manufacturer data for approved fuel
____
additives.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-28-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-28
Page 205
Aug 01/05
AXM
______________________________________________________________________
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 12-31-31-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
indicating/recording and navigation systems.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-31-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-31-660-050
A. General.
(1) When the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is very low, cold (temperature
lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)) in the avionics compartment can
cause incorrect operation of the computers.
NOTE : This is only due to the cold weather conditions and not to a
____
technical malfunction.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-31
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-31-31-660-051
B. Recommendations.
(1) Make sure that the computers are at a temperature equal to or higher
than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) for correct operation.
(a) Preconditioning
It is recommended to use the pre-conditioning procedure to
increase the temperature in the avionics compartment (Ref. TASK
12-31-21-660-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-31-31
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING GEAR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-32-660-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the landing
gear.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-32-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-31-32
Page 201
Aug 01/06
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-32-660-050
R A. General
(1) When the ambient temperature decreases, the pressure in the tires
also decreases.
A 3 deg.C (5.4 deg.F) change in temperature causes a 1% change in
tire pressure.
NOTE : The tires wear faster if the pressure in the tires is low.
____
R (2) It is recommended that all ice and/or snow is removed from the
R landing gear before flight. Ice and/or snow contamination could cause
R a possible malfunction and/or damage the landing gear components on
R retraction.
Subtask 12-31-32-660-051
R B. Recommendations
NOTE : Do not use air to correct the tire pressure. If the ambient
____
temperature is below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F), moisture in the
air can change to ice in the valve and cause a permanent leak.
R NOTE : De-ice the landing gear no more than 1 hour before flight.
____
R
R Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to blow air at a
R maximum temperature of 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) at the landing gear
R assembly. Start at the top and work down the landing gear until all
R signs of ice and/or snow is removed. Make sure that no ice or snow
R stays on the components that follow:
R - the dynamic joints
R - the lock springs
R - the sliding tube of the shock absorber
R - the piston rod of the retraction actuator
EFF :
ALL 12-31-32
Page 202
Aug 01/06
AXM
R - the piston rod of the lockstay actuator
R - the proximity sensors and targets
R - the brakes and brake hoses.
R (3) Towing
Be careful during aircraft towing operations in cold weather
conditions. Do not make small-radius turns which can cause too much
load on the sidewalls of the tires.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-32-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-32
Page 203
Aug 01/06
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-35-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practises for the oxygen
system.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-35-941-050
A. Not Applicable
EFF :
ALL 12-31-35
Page 201
May 01/06
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-35-660-050
NOTE : When you replace oxygen cylinder(s), you must mandatorily obey the
____
Removal/Installation procedure for oxygen cylinder(s).
(1) If you replace the oxygen cylinder(s) of the crew oxygen system when
the ambient temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less :
- make sure that the temperature in the oxygen cylinder compartment
is more than -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). If this temperature is -20
deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less, the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-004) used to do the leak test will freeze.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-35
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ WASTE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-38-660-001
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU SUPPLY AIR FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE OR THE APU, MAKE
_______
CERTAIN THAT :
-AT LEAST ONE COCKPIT WINDOW OR CABIN DOOR IS OPEN AND THAT IT
REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
-IF THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED OUTSIDE AND IS NOT PROTECTED FROM THE RAIN
ONE MAINTENANCE DOOR OR AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR IS OPEN AND
THAT IT REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To prevent damage to the water/waste system by ice when the aircraft is not
supplied with power or other sources of hot air.
NOTE : If the service panels or caps are frozen closed, you must not use
____
force to open or release them. You must apply hot air.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-38
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-38-941-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-38-660-050
(1) After draining due to low ambient temperatures you must obey the
steps that follow.
(a) Fill the potable water system with warm water of 30 deg.C (86.00
deg.F) not earlier than 30 minutes before the engine start
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-001).
(b) Pressurize the potable water system and examine the fill/drain
valve for leaks.
(c) Remove excessive quantity of water from around the service panel
before you close it.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-38
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
(4) Waste system
(a) Pre-charge the waste tanks not earlier than 30 minutes before the
engine start (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).
- Remove excessive liquid from around the waste service panel
before you close it.
Subtask 12-31-38-660-051
B. Post Flight (Last Flight of the Day but not Transit Stops) (Ref. TASK 12-
16-38-613-001) (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001)
(1) General
(a) You must do the servicing of the potable water and waste water
tanks as soon as possible after a flight.
NOTE : If you install the caps, the remaining fluid can freeze
____
immediately behind the drain and the fill/drain caps and
will cause:
- Damage to the piping system
- The system to become unserviceable
- Delay at the next servicing.
R Potable water system
Table 1
EFF :
ALL 12-31-38
Page 203
May 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |POTABLE |PURGE OF |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO | WATER | SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER | SYSTEM |REQUIRED |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |DRAINING | |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN |REQUIRED | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR SUPPLIED BY THE
_______
AIRCRAFT BLEEDAIR SYSTEM IS NOT HIGHER THAN 50 DEG.C (122
DEG.F).
IF THE AIR IS HOTTER THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F). IT CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-38
Page 204
Feb 01/08
AXM
- close the faucet outlet with flat of hand, flush the toilet as
often as necessary until you are sure that air but no water
comes out of the toilet rinse valve (this part of procedure is
applicable for vacuum toilets only)
Do the whole procedure above for all lavatories and galleys
with potable water supplied equipment as there are water
heater, coffee maker and water faucets
- open all drain valves of the potable water system
- operate the water faucets in the galleys several times to bleed
them
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of the
water flow from the potable water system can take at least 15
minutes. This depends on the attitude of the aircraft.
If the aircraft has been moved, the drain valves should be open
again to make sure that all the residual water is drained.
- depressurize the potable water system
(b) If the potable water has frozen (or started to freeze) before you
can drain it, you must heat the aircraft with an external or
internal source as given in table 3
Subtask 12-31-38-660-053
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-38
Page 205
Feb 01/08
AXM
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
(38 and 19)
Subtask 12-31-38-660-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT| APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
|TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | | | |
|(DEG.F) | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to -5 1 Hour NO NO NO
(32 to 23) Every
4 Hours
-5 to -10 2 Hours NO NO NO
(23 to 14) Every
4 Hours
EFF :
ALL 12-31-38
Page 206
Feb 01/08
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-49-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) when the aircraft is in a cold soak condition.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-49
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-49-860-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-49-660-055
(1) If the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is/will be lower than -40 deg.C
(-40.00 deg.F) and the aircraft is not pre-conditioned (heated)
alternatively:
- through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001),
- the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001), or
- with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-31-49
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-31-49-660-056
NOTE : It is recommended to use type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-003) for APU
____
operation in cold weather conditions.
(a) It is recommended to start the APU every three hours and operate
it for one hour if the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is lower
than -30 deg.C (-22.00 deg.F).
NOTE : These values are only applicable if all the access doors
____
are closed.
Subtask 12-31-49-660-054
NOTE : Do not operate the ECB 59KD for more than 30 minutes at -40
____
deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) or lower.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-49
Page 203
Aug 01/05
AXM
(a) If the ECB was on the aircraft during the cold soak, make sure
that the temperature of the ECB is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00
deg.F).
If the temperature of the ECB is lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00
deg.F), use a pre-conditioning procedure to increase the
temperature of the ECB to a minimum of -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F)
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(b) If the ECB was removed from the aircraft and kept at a
temperature of between 15 deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00
deg.F), install the ECB
- If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-001)
- If an APS 3200 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-002)
- If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-003)
(a) For the cold weather maintenance - electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-31-24-660-001).
Subtask 12-31-49-660-053
D. Turn-Around Time
For turn-around in cold weather conditions, when it is not pratical to
remove equipment, it is recommended to keep the APU in operation. In this
configuration :
- the temperature in the cabin will not decrease,
- no specific cold weather maintenance practices are necessary for the
APU system.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-49
Page 204
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-51-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
structure.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-51-010-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-51-660-050
A. General
(1) At the start of each winter, make sure that the drain valves in the
lower fuselage are clean and operate correctly. (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-
210-001)
EFF :
ALL 12-31-51
Page 201
Aug 01/05
AXM
(2) Ice can collect in the lower fuselage areas especially when the
aircraft flies from warm, humid climates to cold climates. In some
conditions, the ice can collect during more than one flight.
NOTE : Water/ice in the lower fuselage can cause failure of the radio
____
altimeter.
(3) When you do a check for ice in the lower fuselage, look for ice in
the aft area before you look in the forward area. Ice usually
collects more easily in the aft area than in the forward area. Water
evaporation is faster in the forward area because of the warnm air
from the avionics compartment.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-051
(1) Remove a floor panel from the forward end of the aft cargo
compartment. (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001)
(3) If you find ice below the aft cargo compartment, look for ice below
the forward cargo compartment.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-052
C. Removal of Ice
EFF :
ALL 12-31-51
Page 202
Aug 01/05
AXM
(2) Hot air blower
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
You can use a hot air blower if the aircraft is parked in an open
area.
(4) The procedure used to remove ice from the lower fuselage must be
monitored to make sure that all water drains are working and that the
all the ice is removed.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-51
Page 203
Aug 01/05
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-52-660-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the doors.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 201
Feb 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-31-52-010-050-A
R A. Get Access
R (1) Do not open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 010-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 202
Feb 01/07
AXM
(2) Do not remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-
11-000-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
procedure in cold weather area.
(3) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
procedure in cold weather area.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-52-640-050
A. Winter Preparation on the Passenger Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.
R (b) Clean the components of the passenger/crew door that follow with
R the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003),and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The upper and lower door guide fittings
R - The roller fittings
R - The guide rollers.
(c) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower door guide fittings , the roller fittings
and guide rollers.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 203
Feb 01/08
AXM
R (d) Clean the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
R lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (e) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.
R (h) Make sure that the mechanism of the external control handle is
sufficently lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-006).
R (i) Make sure that the girt bar fittings in the entry area are clear
and have no obstruction.
R (a) Clean the components of the hatch that follow with the lint-free
R cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004):
R - The lower hook brackets
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 204
Feb 01/08
AXM
R - The lateral guide fittings.
(b) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the lower hook brackets and the lateral guide fittings.
(c) Clean the upper and lower pivot fittings of the hatch frame with
the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003),
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower pivot fittings.
R (e) Clean the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
R lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (f) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.
R (4) Install the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)
R immediately after you completed the winter preparation.
Subtask 12-31-52-640-051
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 205
Feb 01/08
AXM
R (a) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the cargo doors.
R (b) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.
R (c) Clean the components of the doors that follow with lint-free
R cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage
R - The vent door seals and their mating surfaces around the door
R cut-out
R - The external door handle mechanism
R - The door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage
R - The internal mechanism of the vent door, the locking mechanism
R and the latching mechanism.
R (d) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the mating surface of the seals around the vent door and
fuselage.
R (e) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.
R (f) Make sure that the related cargo door is sufficiently lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-009).
R (i) Make sure that the electrical components, the bearings and other
R movable parts stay without temporary corrosion-preventive
R compound.
(2) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002) immediately after you completed the winter preparation.
R (3) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo doors.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 206
Feb 01/08
AXM
R (4) Do the winter preparation on the Bulk cargo-compartment door as
follows:
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.
R (c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the mating surface of the Bulk door seal.
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the Bulk door seal.
R (g) Make sure that the handle shaft stays without the temporary
R protective compound.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 207
Feb 01/08
AXM
R (5) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008)
immediately after you completed the winter preparation.
Subtask 12-31-52-660-051
(a) Remove all the snow and slush from the areas that follow before
you close a passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or
install an emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001):
- the door/hatch seal
- the seal contact area on the fuselage.
(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the cargo
pallets before you install them in the aircraft.
NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.
(b) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.
(c) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
pallets/containers is complete.
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 208
Feb 01/08
AXM
(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from the doors or panels that are frozen in their closed
positions. Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.
(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the bulk cargo
before you install it in the aircraft.
NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.
(b) Do not open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-006) until immediately before you install the bulk cargo.
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.
(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from the door area that are frozen in their closed positions.
Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 209
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052
1
_ Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) or the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
001):
- the door/hatch seals
- the door/hatch contact areas on the fuselage.
2
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
the pressure seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.
3
_ Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.
4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seal are clean
and have no obstructions.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 210
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
R 5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors are
R clear and not blocked.
R 1
_ Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
R the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).
R (a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
R you close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002):
R - the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.
R 1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors:
R - the door mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the cargo doors.
R (a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
R you close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-008):
R - the door seals
R - the door contact areas on the fuselage.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 211
Feb 01/07
AXM
R (b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient
R temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
R where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
R you must:
R 1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
R the Bulk cargo-compartment doors:
R - the door handle mechanism
R - the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the Bulk door.
R (a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seals are clear
R and not blocked.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 212
Feb 01/07
AXM
R (c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to contact area of the seals around the vent door and the
R fuselage.
R (d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
R or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.
R (f) Lubricate the door hinges and the guide fittings. Apply the
R temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.
R 15-005A), to the latch assemblies and the latch spools.
R (a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal is clear and
R not blocked.
R (c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to contact area of the Bulk door seal.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 213
Feb 01/07
AXM
R (d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
R or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 012), to the Bulk door seal.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-52
Page 214
Feb 01/07
AXM
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-71-660-001
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
R MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
R (ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the engines.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-71-941-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-71-660-050
R A. Ice can form in the engine intakes and freeze the fan, therefore you must
R do a careful examination of the engine intake and fan before engine start
up.
Attention should be paid to the forward and rear sides of the fan blades
in order to determine whether clear ice is present.
Use hot air blower to remove all traces of ice and residual water before
engine start up.
Subtask 12-31-71-660-051
B. Freezing Points
(1) The oil temperature is also a limitation. For the approved oils and
the oil limitation temperatures, you must refer to the engine
manufacturers data.
EFF :
ALL 12-31-71
Page 201
Feb 01/07
AXM
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section defines the different fluid samplings which may be carried out
for an analysis.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL - SERVICING
__________________________________________
TASK 12-32-24-281-001
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (skydrol, fuel, water, chlorine,
oil degradation, and other causes).
NOTE : The best location and time to get an oil sample is at the case drain
____
after operation of the engine, when the IDG oil is at the operating
temperature (80 deg.C (176 deg.F)).
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 301
May 01/08
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-24-861-050
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-32-24-941-050
B. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
Subtask 12-32-24-010-050
Subtask 12-32-24-481-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-24-864-050
WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
IDG Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.
(2) Remove the dust cap (5) from the overflow drain valve (6).
R (3) Put the end of the drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP in
the container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal).
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the overflow drain valve (6).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose of the
____
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.
Subtask 12-32-24-281-050
B. Oil Sampling
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (2).
(3) Put a transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal) below the case drain port
(1).
(4) Slowly remove the case drain plug (2) until oil flows out of the case
drain port (1).
(7) Remove the O-ring (3) from the case drain plug (2) and discard it.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 305
May 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-32-24-640-050
C. Lubricate the new O-ring (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-32-24-420-050
(1) Install the new O-ring (3) on the case drain plug (2).
(2) Install the case drain plug (2) in the case drain port (1).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (2) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
Subtask 12-32-24-281-051
(1) Send the oil sample bottle to laboratory immediately with these data:
Subtask 12-32-24-080-050
R (1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP from the overflow drain valve (6).
(2) Install the dust cap (5) on the overflow drain valve (6).
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 306
May 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-32-24-612-050
G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-041).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-24-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-32-24-862-050
EFF :
ALL 12-32-24
Page 307
Aug 01/05
AXM
FUEL - SERVICING
________________
TASK 12-32-28-281-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : For the gravity procedure AIRBUS recommends that there must be more
____
R than 10% content of fuel in each tank. If you have less than 10%
R content of fuel, then the indirect water drain valves will have a
R decreased flow. It is recommended that you use the suction procedure
R when you have less than 10% content of fuel.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 301
Nov 01/06
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hose
No specific safety barriers
No specific suction pump
No specific warning notices
No specific Miscellaneous - HYDROKIT
No specific transparent container 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal)
No specific container 10 l (2.6416 USgal)
97A28002117002 1 PURGING TOOL
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
R 98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
R 98A28104000002 1 TOOL - PURGING
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-054
A. Safety Precautions
(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 302
Aug 01/08
AXM
Fuel Sampling For Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
(2) Put the safety barriers in position.
(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(5) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, to keep the flight turnaround
times, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001).
or
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Removal of the fuel samples after 30 minutes will not remove
____
the water content as satisfactorily as samples removed one
hour after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Do not apply unusually high force to open the water drain
____
valve.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open access panel 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-480-050
(1) To get access to the high water drain valves from the ground, attach
the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 304
Nov 01/06
R
AXM
R to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER - WATER DRAIN
R (98A28104000000).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-28-281-050
NOTE : Make sure that the fuel tanks are filled to a minimum of 10%
____
of capacity. This is necessary to cover the water drain valve
outlet, so that the water drain valves can operate
satisfactorily. Refer to SIL for data (Ref. SIL 28-079).
1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
R PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000). Drain approximately 1.0
l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.
R 2
_ Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the water drain valve.
1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
R TOOL - PURGING (98A28104000002). Drain approximately 1.0 l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.
R 2
_ Remove the TOOL - PURGING from the water drain valve.
(c) Examine the water drain valve for leakage. Leaks are not
permitted.
NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water drain
____
valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.
(d) Put the fuel sample into a clean and sterilized transparent
container. If you do not do the analysis immediately, seal the
container.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 305
Aug 01/08
AXM
(e) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(b) Attach one end of the hose to the funnel. Attach the other end of
the hose to the suction pump.
(c) Put the outlet of the suction pump into the container and start
the suction pump.
(d) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
funnel. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel (as a
sample) from the drain valve
Subtask 12-32-28-750-050
(a) If the sample moves into two layers it contains water. Continue
to drain from the water drain valve until it has no water.
(b) If the sample stays in one layer, it can be all fuel or all
water. To find if the sample is fuel or water, do the test that
follows:
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 306
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. If you do not have a HYDROKIT - If the sample moves into two layers,
available, add water to the then the sample is all fuel and the
sample. test is complete.
NOTE : You can use the same procedure to do an analysis on a sample from a
____
fuel tanker. Remove the sample from the supply connector of the fuel
tanker.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-32-28-942-050
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 307
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 308
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-32-28-281-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Refer to Service Information Letter (SIL 28-079) for more data on
____
microbiological contamination in fuel tanks
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 309
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-28-941-055
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 310
Nov 01/06
AXM
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(4) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
(5) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.
(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001)
or
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-480-051
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 311
Aug 01/08
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-28-281-055
NOTE : If you use a test kit, refer to the kit manufacturers instructions
____
on fuel sampling and storage. Carefully follow the manufacturers
instructions to make sure that the test results are accurate.
(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
R PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000) and drain approximately 1.0
l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.
R (b) Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the drain valve.
R (a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the TOOL
R - PURGING (98A28104000002) and drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641
USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.
(3) Examine the applicable water drain valve for leakage. Leaks are not
permitted.
NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water drain
____
valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 312
Aug 01/08
AXM
(4) Put the fuel sample for the microbiological test into a:
- CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS or CONTAINER-FUEL
RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC and seal the container.
NOTE : Do not put additives into the sample to show the water
____
contents.
Subtask 12-32-28-281-060
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the MICROBMONITOR2 test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.
(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 313
Aug 01/08
AXM
Maintenance Plan Flowchart - Microbiological Contamination
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 314
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-32-28
Page 315
Aug 01/07
AXM
R Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table
R Figure 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 316
Nov 01/06
AXM
R Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table
R Figure 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 317
Nov 01/06
AXM
(2) Do a check of the results:
1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
- the WATER sample contents has 1000 CFU (Colony Forming
Units) per ml or less
- the FUEL sample contents has 4000 CFU per liter or less.
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.
1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
- the WATER sample contents has between 1000 and 10000 CFU per
ml
- the FUEL sample contents has between 4000 and 20000 CFU per
liter.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
- the WATER sample contents has more than 10000 CFU per ml
- the FUEL sample contents has more than 20000 CFU per liter.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 318
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).
Subtask 12-32-28-281-061
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.
NOTE : The FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit shows the most frequent type of
____
contamination you can find in fuel tanks (Hormoconis Resinae).
Other types of contamination will not be shown.
(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)
R (a) Use the FUELSTAT RESINAE TEST KIT CONIDIA BIOSCIENCE UK (CAGE
(and the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each
sample.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 319
Aug 01/08
AXM
(a) Negligible contamination:
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the indication lines (on
the test kit) show a negative result.
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a low positive result.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a high positive result.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 320
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
Subtask 12-32-28-281-062
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the HY-LITE Jet A1 test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.
(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)
R (a) Use the HY-LITE JET A1 FUEL TEST KIT MERCK KGAA, GERMANY (CAGE
(and the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each
sample.
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the sample contents has
1000 RLU/litre (Relative Light Units) or less.
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the sample contents has
between 1000 and 5000 RLU/litre.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 321
Aug 01/08
AXM
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the sample contents has more
than 5000 RLU/litre.
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 322
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
Subtask 12-32-28-942-054
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 323
Aug 01/07
R
AXM
Fuel Sampling For Analysis - Suction Procedure
Figure 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-007
EFF :
ALL 12-32-28
Page 324
Aug 01/07
AXM
HYDRAULIC FLUID - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-32-29-281-001
R Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow Systems for Analysis
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 301
Feb 01/07
AXM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific warning notices
No specific glass sample bottle 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal)
R No specific plastic (non PVC) sample bottle 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal)
R No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
HSPA181-380J 2 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 302
Feb 01/07
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-29-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to move:
- the flight controls,
- the lever of the landing gear selector.
Subtask 12-32-29-863-050
Subtask 12-32-29-010-050
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 304
Aug 01/06
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-29-170-050
R (1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable sampling valve:
R - For the Green hydraulic system, the sampling valve 1187GM
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system, the sampling valve 3187GM
R - For the Blue hydraulic system, the sampling valve 2187GM.
R (3) Put the CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the sampling valve.
R (4) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.
R (5) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
R USgal) into the applicable container.
Subtask 12-32-29-281-050
R (1) Flush the sampling valve before you take each sample.
R (2) Put the clean glass sample bottle or the plastic (non PVC) sample
R bottle below the sampling valve. Do not use a container /bottle made
R from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). This material will effect the results
R from the hydraulic fluid sample.
R (3) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.
R (4) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
R USgal) into the sample bottle.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 305
Feb 01/07
AXM
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 307
Aug 01/05
AXM
R (6) Seal the sample bottle.
Subtask 12-32-29-281-052
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF PARTICLES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle size Class 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 to 15 micron 128000
15 to 25 micron 22800
25 to 50 micron 4050
50 to 100 micron 720
> 100 micron 128
(1) If the contamination rate in the fluid sample is more than one or
more of the values given in the table above (class 9):
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 308
Feb 01/07
AXM
Subtask 12-32-29-281-053
D. Chemical analysis
R Chemical analysis must be to NSA307110 Limit Characteristics of fluid in
R operation. The values below are the maximum permitted limits for
R in-service fluid.
- acid number:1.5mg KOH/g max.
- density at 23 +/- 3 deg.C: 970 to 1066 kg/m3.
- water content 0.50% max.
R (a) The table that follow will give you the approval for aircraft
R dispatch, if the result of the fluid chemical analysis is not in
R the given limits.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 309
Aug 01/06
AXM
R --------------------------------------------------------------
R | Hydraulic Fluid | New values | Allowed time |
R | Parameters | | frames |
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | acid number | 1.5 to 2.5mg KOH/g | 7 calendar days |
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | density | not applicable | less than |
R | | | 600FH or 750FC |
R | | | which come first|
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | water content | 0.8% to 1.0% | less than |
R | | | 600FH or 750FC |
R | which come first|
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | water content | 1.0% to 1.5% | 7 calendar days |
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | viscosity | at 38 deg.C: | 10 calendar days|
R | | 5.5 to 6.0 CST | or 150 FH |
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | chlorine content| 200 to 300 ppm | 10 calendar days|
R | | | or 150 FH |
R |-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
R | electrical | lower than | less than |
R | conductivity | 0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 | 600FH or 750FC |
R | | | which come first|
R --------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : The given time frames show the time that the aircraft can
____
R stay in service. This is from the time you find the
R contamination until you get new results. This time
R includes corrective actions, new samlpes and new analyses.
Subtask 12-32-29-281-054
(a) Clean the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system with
the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003),
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 310
Aug 01/06
AXM
- or reclaim the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic
system with the hydraulic ground power cart
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-004),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-005),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-006),
- or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic
system
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
1
_ If you find no corroded particles:
a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.
b
_ Install the LP/HP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
2
_ If you find corroded particles:
a
_ Install new HP/LP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 311
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
b
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (2) (b) and
subsequent and step (3) (b) and subsequent.
(2) If the water contamination is more than 1.3% and less than 2.5%:
(c) Do the operational test of the wing tip brake and the pressure
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).
1
_ If you find no corroded particles:
a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.
b
_ Install the new LP filter element as given in the
subsequent procedures.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 312
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
2
_ If you find corroded particles
a
_ Install a new LP filter element as given in the subsequent
procedures.
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:
a
_ Install the bobbins.
2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:
a
_ Replace the bobbins and the applicable component.
1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) and
subsequent.
(a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) and
subsequent and also:
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 313
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(d) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the
elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).
1
_ Remove the check valve (2029GM) (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-003).
2
_ Examine the check valve (2029GM) for signs of corrosion.
a
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:
- Install the check valve (2029GM).
b
_ If you find signs of corrosion:
- Replace the check valve (2029GM).
(h) Examine the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2) for
signs of corrosion.
1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:
a
_ Install the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).
2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:
a
_ Replace the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).
Subtask 12-32-29-860-050
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 314
Aug 01/06
R
AXM
(3) Safety the cap with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032
in.) dia.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-29-611-050
A. Make sure that the fluid level in the hydraulic reservoirs is correct. If
necessary, fill the reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 12-32-29-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-29
Page 315
Aug 01/06
AXM
APU - SERVICING
_______________
TASK 12-32-49-281-001
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
_______
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (fuel, oil degradation and other
causes).
NOTE : You must get the sample 15 to 30 minutes after APU shutdown and
____
before you add oil to the tank.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-32-49
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-49-860-050
(1) Put the warning notices on panel 25VU to tell persons not to start
the APU.
Subtask 12-32-49-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU APU/APU/CTL 2KD L42
121VU APU/ECB/SPLY 1KD L41
Subtask 12-32-49-010-050
C. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-32-49
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-49-281-050
A. Get a sample
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
ENGINE OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM
OF 5 MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK
THE OIL CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW
_______
TOP AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(a) Squeeze the plastic bottle (2) and put the free end of the tube
into the oil through the filling port (3).
(b) Release the pressure on the bottle to remove the oil sample by
suction.
(5) Do a check of the oil level and fill the oil tank if necessary
- for GTCP 36-300 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
- for APS 3200 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
EFF :
ALL 12-32-49
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-32-49
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
- for 131-9(A) APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-49-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-32-49-865-051
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1KD, 2KD.
Subtask 12-32-49-860-051
EFF :
ALL 12-32-49
Page 305
Aug 01/05
AXM
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-32-79-281-002
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
79-11-10-300-004 Replacement of the O-ring of the Oil Cap Assembly
12-32-79-991-300 Fig. 301
12-32-79-991-301 Fig. 302
EFF :
ALL 12-32-79
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-79-941-051
A. Safety Precautions
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 12-32-79-010-052
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-79-160-051
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean lint-free cloth before you
remove the oil tank filler cap.
EFF :
ALL 12-32-79
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300
EFF :
ALL 12-32-79
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-79-991-301
EFF :
ALL 12-32-79
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-32-79-010-053
(1) Raise oil tank filler cap handle to vertical (unlocked) position.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300)
(2) Firmly grip oil tank filler cap handle, push down and at the same
time turn counter clockwise to disengage locking device and remove
cap.
Subtask 12-32-79-281-051
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(1) Take sample by squeezing a plastic bottle and then a dipping tube end
into oil.
Subtask 12-32-79-612-050
EFF :
ALL 12-32-79
Page 305
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-32-79-410-052
(1) Inspect the O-ring seal of the oil tank filler cap to make sure it is
in good condition or does not show signs of leakage. If not, replace
the seal (Ref. TASK 79-11-10-300-004).
(2) Install oil tank filler cap with handle in vertical position, grip
handle, push down on the cap and at the same time turn clockwise to
engage the locking device.
(3) Pull up on oil tank filler cap. If the locking device is properly
engaged, the cap cannot be pulled from tank.
(4) Push hinged oil tank cap handle down flat into the locked position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-79-410-053
A. Close Access
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 12-32-79
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
PRE-CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The aircraft can be pre-conditioned on the ground with:
- a ground air-supply unit through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-00100).
- a ground air-supply unit through the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-00101).
- the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-00102).
EFF :
ALL 12-33-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-618-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 201
Nov 01/06
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-010-050
A. Get Access
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-33-21-618-050
(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),
(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.
NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-056
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 202
Nov 01/06
AXM
LP and HP Ground Connectors
R Figure 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 203
Nov 01/06
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 204
Nov 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 01
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND-AIR SUPPLY IS FREE FROM OIL CONTAMINATION.
_______
OIL CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE THE SMELL OF OIL IN THE CABIN AND MAKE
THE AIR-CONDITIONING PACKS UNSERVICEABLE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : The ground air-supply unit supplies air to the air conditioning packs
____
10HM/11HM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 205
Nov 01/06
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
Subtask 12-33-21-010-054
B. Get Access
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.
Subtask 12-33-21-860-050
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 206
Nov 01/06
AXM
(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:
- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the on
position (the FAULT legends are on and the OFF legends are off),
- the COCKPIT, FWD CABIN and AFT CABIN temperature selectors are at
the 12 oclock position,
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the on position (the OFF legend
is off),
- the X BLEED rotary switch is set to the OPEN position.
(4) On the panel 22VU make sure that the CAB FANS pushbutton switch is in
the on position (the OFF legend is off).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-33-21-618-054
(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
deg.F).
(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge-temperature indication is normal (i.e. green indication).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-057
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 207
Nov 01/06
AXM
Air Condition Panel
R Figure 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 208
Nov 01/06
AXM
(3) Stop the ground air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-051
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 12-33-21-410-054
B. Close Access
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 209
Nov 01/06
R
AXM
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 02
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : The APU supplies air to the air conditioning packs 10HM/11HM.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 210
Nov 01/06
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
Subtask 12-33-21-860-052
Subtask 12-33-21-010-055
C. Get Access
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 211
Nov 01/06
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-33-21-618-055
(4) On AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge temperature-indication is normal (green).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-058
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 212
Nov 01/06
AXM
(3) Do the procedure to stop the APU:
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-053
Subtask 12-33-21-410-055
B. Close Access
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 213
Nov 01/06
AXM
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - SERVICING
_______________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-600-001
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-010-056
A. Get Access
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
(4) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector
4022HM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-33-21-618-060
(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),
(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.
NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-061
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector 4022HM.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-33-21
Page 302
Aug 01/05
AXM
GROUNDING POINTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
You must electrically ground the aircraft:
- when you refuel/defuel it,
- when you do maintenance,
- when in bad weather conditions.
In other conditions, the aircraft is electrostatically discharged through
the tires.
Grounding points are:
- on the nose landing gear,
- on the main landing gear,
- on the wing upper surface,
- on the engine air intakes.
EFF :
ALL 12-34-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 12-34-24-869-001
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-050
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 201
May 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-869-050
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
(1) Connect a ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the landing
gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
(2) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and a grounding point
on one of the MLG Legs or the NLG Leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
or connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and the grounding
point on the upper wing surface.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
The aircraft wheels must be on ground.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-080-050
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 202
May 01/08
AXM
Location of the Grounding Point on the Nose Landing Gear
Figure 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 203
Aug 01/05
AXM
Location of the Grounding Point on the Main Landing Gear
Figure 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 204
Aug 01/05
AXM
Grounding Point on the Wing Upper Surface
Figure 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 205
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-34-24-869-002
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-051
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 206
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-869-051
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 207
May 01/08
AXM
Grounding Point on the Engine Air Intake
Figure 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 208
Aug 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-942-051
(1) After the maintenance operation, disconnect all the grounding cables.
EFF :
ALL 12-34-24
Page 209
Feb 01/07
AXM
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Flushing of a system line consists in removing all foreign matters from that
fluid and from the system line.
The fluid involved may be used again only if its characteristics are in
accordance with the specifications in force.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-00
Page 1
Aug 01/05
AXM
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-36-29-170-001
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 1030GK
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 1030GK
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 301
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-050
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-084
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 302
Nov 01/05
AXM
Green Hydraulic System of the EDP 1030GK - Flushing Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 303
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Open the access door 197CB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-051
(4) Put the containers in postion to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 1030GK,
- the case drain filter 1084GM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
1030GK.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 1030GK.
(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 1084GM.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain lower-line with an adaptor.
(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 304
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-050
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.
(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.
(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
R Subtask 12-36-29-960-050-A
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 305
Nov 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-052
(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.
(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 1003GM and the
case drain filter 1084GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 1084GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 1030GK.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-050
Subtask 12-36-29-942-089
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 306
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-410-071
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 307
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-002
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 3030GD
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 3030GD.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 308
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-053
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-085
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 309
Nov 01/05
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System of the EDP 3030GD - Flushing Schematic
Figure 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 310
Aug 01/05
AXM
(3) Open the access door 198CB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-054
(3) Put the access platform in position below the Zone 147.
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 3030GD,
- the case drain filter 3084GM,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
3030GD.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 3030GD.
(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 3084GM.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain lower-line with an adaptor.
(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 311
Aug 01/05
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-051
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.
(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.
(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
R Subtask 12-36-29-960-051-A
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 312
Nov 01/05
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-055
(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.
(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 3003GM and the
case drain filter 3084GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 3084GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 3030GD.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-051
Subtask 12-36-29-942-090
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 313
Aug 01/05
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-410-072
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 314
Aug 01/05
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-003
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 315
Aug 01/05
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 316
Feb 01/08
AXM
Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003
R EFF :
001-099, 101-114,
12-36-29 Page 317
Feb 01/08
AXM
R Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
R Schematic
R Figure 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A
R EFF :
115-200,
12-36-29 Page 318
Feb 01/08
AXM
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-860-056
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-086
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-057
(5) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the electrically driven pump 2075GJ,
- the case drain filter 2084GM,
- the LP filter 2002GM,
- the check valve 2041GM.
(6) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the electrically driven
pump 2075GJ.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 319
Feb 01/08
AXM
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
2075GJ.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the check valve 2041GM.
(9) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the case-drain filter
2084GM.
(10) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(11) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(13) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the check
valve end of the case-drain lower line with an adaptor.
(14) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM with an adaptor.
4. Procedure
_________
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 320
Feb 01/08
AXM
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-170-052
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 2008GM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(6) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the
case-drain filter 2084GM end of the case-drain upper line with an
adaptor.
(7) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the LP
filter 2002GM end of the case-drain upper line with an adaptor.
(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-052
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 321
Feb 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-058
(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.
(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.
(6) Connect the case-drain upper line to the case drain filter 2084GM.
(7) Connect the case-drain lower line to the check valve 2041GM.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the
electrically driven pump 2075GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-052
Subtask 12-36-29-942-091
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 322
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-073
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 323
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-004
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the part of the PTU
1088GM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 324
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-059
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-087
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 325
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Green Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 326
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-060
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the PTU 1088GM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the Green hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from Green hydraulic system side of the
PTU 1088GM.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.
(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case drain line with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 327
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-053
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-053
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-061
(1) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(2) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 328
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-053
Subtask 12-36-29-942-092
Subtask 12-36-29-410-074
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 329
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-005
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the PTU
1088GM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 330
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-062
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-088
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 331
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 332
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-063
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the PTU 1088GM,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.
(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the Yellow hydraulic system side of
the PTU 1088GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the Yellow hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.
(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector of 3008GM with an adaptor.
(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case-drain line with a adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 333
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-054
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-054
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-064
(1) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(2) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 334
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-054
Subtask 12-36-29-942-093
Subtask 12-36-29-410-075
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 335
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-006
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 336
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-065
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-089
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 337
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006
EFF :
ALL
12-36-29 Page 338
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-066
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the electrically driven pump 3075GX,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.
(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.
(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(9) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an adaptor.
(10) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-055
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 339
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the pressure
line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an adaptor.
(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.
(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-055
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-067
(1) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.
(2) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the pressure line.
(5) Connect the case drain line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.
(6) Connect the pressure line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 340
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(7) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 3003GM.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-055
Subtask 12-36-29-942-094
Subtask 12-36-29-410-076
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 341
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-007
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the flap
PCU 6201CM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 342
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-068
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-090
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 343
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Green Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 344
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-069
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 23CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
flap PCU 6201CM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.
(11) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 345
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-056
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-056
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-070
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 346
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-056
Subtask 12-36-29-942-095
Subtask 12-36-29-410-077
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 347
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-008
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the
flap PCU 6201CM
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 348
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-071
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-091
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 349
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 350
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-072
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 24CV in the Yellow
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
flap PCU 6201CM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.
(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 351
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-057
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-057
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-073
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 24CV in the Yellow
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 352
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-057
Subtask 12-36-29-942-096
Subtask 12-36-29-410-078
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 353
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-009
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 354
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-074
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001)
Subtask 12-36-29-010-092
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 355
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Green Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 356
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-075
(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the slat PCU 6001CM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 26CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
slat PCU 6001CM.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.
(11) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 357
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-058
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-058
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-076
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 26CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 358
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-058
Subtask 12-36-29-942-097
Subtask 12-36-29-410-079
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 359
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-010
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific container 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 360
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-077
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-093
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 361
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 362
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-078
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Blue hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 25CV in the Blue
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the slat PCU
6001CM with an union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM with an adaptor.
(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 363
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-059
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-059
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-079
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose and the adaptor from the delivery
connector 2008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose and the adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Blue hydraulic system
of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 25CV in the Blue
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 364
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-059
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
003).
(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-098
Subtask 12-36-29-410-080
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 365
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-011
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic System after a failure in the CSM/G 8XE.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 366
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-080
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-094
B. Get Access
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 367
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Blue Hydraulic System of the CSM/G 8XE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 368
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-081
(5) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the CSM/G 8XE,
- the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the CSM/G 8XE.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the CSM/G 8XE
with a union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM with an adaptor.
(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line at the LP filter 2002GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 369
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-060
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-060
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-082
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 2008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the CSM/G 8XE.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 370
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-060
Subtask 12-36-29-942-099
Subtask 12-36-29-410-081
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 371
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-012
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 4.0 m (13 ft. 1 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 372
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-083
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 373
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Green Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 374
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(7) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 310.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-095
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-084
(2) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the THS actuator 9CE,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Green hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
with an union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(9) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.
(10) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the return
line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 375
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-061
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-061
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-085
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 1003GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and return lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 376
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-061
Subtask 12-36-29-942-100
Subtask 12-36-29-410-082
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 377
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-170-013
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 4.0 m (13 ft. 1 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 378
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-086
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 379
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 380
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(6) Put the safety barriers in position.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-096
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-087
(2) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the THS actuator 9CE,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Yellow hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
with a union.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(9) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.
(10) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the return
line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 381
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(11) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-170-062
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-960-062
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-088
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 3003GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and supply lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 382
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-790-062
Subtask 12-36-29-942-101
Subtask 12-36-29-410-083
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 383
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-001
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 384
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-096
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 385
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 12-36-29-010-073-A
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the MLG bay.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-050
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-095
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(1) Put the NLG on to the turntable (to prevent damage to the tires when
the steering is operated).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 386
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 387
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(2) Put the container below the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1 to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 1008GM at the ground
service panel (Ref. detail A).
(4) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with
capacity of 120 l (31.7 USgal) to the suction connector 1006GM at the
ground service panel.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-055
A. Fluid Change Procedure without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) (Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
R
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 388
Feb 01/08
AXM
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
(f) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-099
(a) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 389
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
**ON A/C 001-099, 101-110,
Subtask 12-36-29-611-056-A
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 1146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.
R
EFF :
001-099, 101-110, 12-36-29
Page 390
Feb 01/08
AXM
(13) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____
(14) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).
(18) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-056-B
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 391
Feb 01/08
AXM
(6) Stop the hydraulic power cart.
(12) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____
(13) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).
(14) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.8 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the brake
units of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-001).
(17) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-054
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 392
Feb 01/08
AXM
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.
(2) Disconnect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 1.
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
1700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.
(7) Disonnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
coupling 1700GM of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(8) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
suction connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.
(10) Connect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel at the
engine 1.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-053
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 393
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.
(2) Disconnect the pressure line 1673GM from the pressure coupling at the
fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.
(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.
(8) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.
(9) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
port of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(12) Connect the pressure line 1673GM to the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 1673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 394
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-097
R (1) Fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
R 611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(3) Pressurize the Green Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001).
(6) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-098
(2) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-062-A
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 395
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-865-051
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-100
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 396
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-002
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 397
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-103
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 398
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 12-36-29-010-074-A
C. Get Access
(5) Open the left or right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(6) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-051
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-101
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page 399
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A300
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(1) Put the access platform in position at the engine 2.
(3) Put the container below the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2 to
collect the hydraulic fluid.
(5) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 3008GM at the ground
service panel (Ref. detail A).
(6) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a
capacity of 100 l (26.4 USgal) to the suction connector 3006GM at the
ground service panel.
4. Procedure
_________
NOTE : The Green hydraulic system will be pressurized via the PTU for this
____
procedure, the Green hydraulic reservoir must be pressurized.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-059
A. Fluid Change without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP)
(Ref. detail A)
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A301
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it) . Do this step 3 times.
(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.
Subtask 12-36-29-869-059
(1) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-060-A
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A302
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 3146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.
(2) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.
(5) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step two times.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-060-B
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A303
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.
(4) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step two times.
(6) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.8 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the brake
units of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-061
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(2) On the brake manifold 3016GM (in the MLG bay), push the pressure
relief valve 3067GM to drain the accumulator 2582GM of hydraulic
fluid.
(6) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 3008GM at the ground service panel.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A304
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-611-057
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
connector 3006GM at the ground service panel.
(2) Disconnect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 2.
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(7) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
suction connector 3006GM at the ground service panel.
(8) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
coupling 3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(10) Connect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the
engine 2.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A305
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-611-058
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM
(2) Disconnect the pressure line 3673GM from the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2.
(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(8) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 3008GM
(9) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
pressure port at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A306
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(12) Connect the pressure line 3673GM to the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2.
(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 3673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-102
R (1) Fill the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-
R 29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-002).
(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
(6) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
R HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-063-A
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the LOCKED position.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A307
Aug 01/08
AXM
(5) Close the access door 154AR.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-860-104
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A308
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-003
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A309
Aug 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-107
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A310
Aug 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 12-36-29-010-075
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-680-052
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-105
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
(1) Put the container below the electrically driven pump 2075GJ.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A311
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A312
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(2) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 2008GM at the ground
service panel.
(3) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a
capacity of 60 l (16 USgal) to the suction connector 2006GM at the
ground service panel.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-063
A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
R
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A313
Feb 01/08
AXM
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
(5) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
(6) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 2146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.
(7) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 2008GM at the ground service panel.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-063-A
A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A314
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
(6) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
(7) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 2008GM at the ground service panel.
R
EFF :
111-200, 12-36-29
Page A315
Feb 01/08
AXM
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-611-062
B. Fluid Change Procedure of the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail B)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.
NOTE : Make sure that the supply pressure of the ground hydraulic cart
____
does not become more than 50 psi (3.4473 bar).
(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(4) Put the open line end in the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
(7) Adjust the supply pressure on the hydraulic power cart slowly from 0
to 50 psi (3.4473 bar) maximum.
(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart after a minimum of 20.0 l (5.2833
USgal) hydraulic fluid has come out of the suction line (2457GM).
(9) Remove the line end from the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.
(10) Remove the blanking cap from the fitting and connect the suction line
(2457GM).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A316
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(11) TORQUE the line end fitting to between 17.9 and 19.0 m.daN (132.00
and 140.11 lbf.ft).
(13) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-106
R (1) Fill the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
R 611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(3) Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).
(6) Make sure that the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
(7) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-064
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A317
Aug 01/08
AXM
(3) Close the access panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-055
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-860-108
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A318
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-004
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A319
Feb 01/08
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-110
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-36-29-010-078
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A320
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-111
(2) Put the NLG on to the turntable (to prevent damage to the tires when
the steering is operated).
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM.
(4) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 1006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-063-A
(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-
001).
(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 1048GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).
(3) Replace the element in the brake filter 2584GM (Ref. TASK 32-42-12-
610-001).
(4) Replace the element in the case drain filter 1084GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-
43-610-041).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-076-A
B. Reclamation Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A321
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step three times.
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step three times.
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step three times.
(d) At the captain or the first officer position, push the LH pedal
fully forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step
three times.
(4) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position and
then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step two times.
(5) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels to
the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step three times. Turn
the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A322
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(11) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:
- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
R GROUND LOCK (460007280).
(13) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step three times.
NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____
(14) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).
Subtask 12-36-29-281-050
C. Sampling Procedure
(1) Take a sample from the Green hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-079-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-065
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 1002GM, 1048GM,
1084GM and 2584GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A323
Feb 01/08
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-109
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 1006GM.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-067-A
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-112
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A324
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-005
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A325
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-114
A. Safety Precautions
Subtask 12-36-29-010-080
B. Get Access
(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A326
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-113
(2) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM.
(3) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 3006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-064-A
(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 3002GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-
001).
(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 3048GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).
(3) Replace the element in the case drain filter 3084GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-
43-610-041).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-077-A
B. Reclamation Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step three times.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A327
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step three times.
(c) At the captain or the first officer position, push the LH pedal
fully forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward
(and release it). Do this step three times.
(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step two times.
(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.
(4) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.
Subtask 12-36-29-281-051
C. Sampling Procedure
(1) Take a sample from the Yellow hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A328
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-010-081-A
D. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-869-070
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 3002GM, 3048GM and
3084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-115
(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the LOCKED position.
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 3008GM.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 3006GM.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-069-A
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A329
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-116
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A330
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-006
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-119
A. Safety Precautions
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A331
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-010-082
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-118
(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM.
(2) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 2006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-065
(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 2002GM (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-
001).
(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 2048GM (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-
001).
(3) Replace the element in the case drain filter 2084GM (Ref. TASK 29-12-
43-610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-078
B. Reclamation Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A332
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.
Subtask 12-36-29-281-052
C. Sampling Procedure
(1) Take a sample from the Blue hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-083
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A333
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-869-073
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 2002GM, 2048GM and
2084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-117
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 2008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 2006GM.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-070
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-120
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A334
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-615-001
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Green hydraulic system.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A335
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-089
(4) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A336
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(5) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-097
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-615-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A337
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Hydraulic Purifier
Figure 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A338
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).
(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A339
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 1006GM suction
- 1008GM delivery.
(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Green hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.
(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Green hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A340
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Green hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the slats,
- the brakes,
- the landing gear doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.
(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.
(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Green hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A341
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-090
(2) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).
(3) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-084
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) CLose the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A342
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-615-002
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Yellow hydraulic system.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A343
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-091
(4) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A344
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(5) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Yellow System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-098
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-615-051
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A345
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).
(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A346
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 3006GM suction
- 3008GM delivery.
(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.
(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A347
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Yellow hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the spoilers,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the parking brake,
- the cargo doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.
(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.
(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Yellow hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-092
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A348
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(2) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).
(3) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-085
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A349
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-615-003
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Blue hydraulic system
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A350
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-093
(3) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).
(4) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Blue System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A351
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-010-099
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-615-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A352
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(g) Fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) with
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) through the fill
connection (21) until the hydraulic fluid quantity is in the
middle between the MIN and MAX mark of the hydraulic fluid
content indicator (2).
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).
(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A353
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(g) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:
- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.
(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Blue hydraulic reservoir. If
necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.
(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Blue hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the spoilers and
- the slats.
(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A354
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Blue hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-094
(1) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).
(2) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-086
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A355
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Close the access door 197FB.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A356
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-007
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Tool
- Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A357
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A358
Feb 01/08
AXM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-121
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
Subtask 12-36-29-010-100
C. Get Access
(3) Open the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A359
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-680-053
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-122
(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.
(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.
WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.
(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024,
320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A360
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Location of the Components in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 1)
Figure 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018
R
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A361
Feb 01/08
AXM
Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
Figure 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A362
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-36-29
Page A363
Feb 01/08
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A364
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A365
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
hydraulic reservoir.
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.
(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.
1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).
2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).
3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.
1
_ Put a container below the LP filter (3002GM).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
and the filter head.
3
_ Remove the filter bowl.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A366
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024)
1
_ Put a container below the Yellow LP manifold (3003GM).
2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
3
_ Remove the check valve (3017GM) with its O-ring from the
manifold.
4
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.
5
_ Install the check valve with its O-ring in the open port of
the T-fitting.
6
_ Connect the hydraulic line with the check valve.
7
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
R LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.
(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-064
(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(3) Fill the Yellow reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on
the visual indicator.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A367
Feb 01/08
AXM
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Yellow reservoir.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-065
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Yellow reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.
(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Engine Driven Pump (3030GD):
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Electric Pump (3075GX):
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A368
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001).
(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols and the Cargo Door System:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.
(c) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and on the pressure gauge of the system accumulator
is correct.
(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A369
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
(j) Open and close the FWD and AFT cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002). Do this step 5 times.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-069
A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (3002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-
610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-123
(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).
(5) Remove the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A370
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(6) Remove the check valve from the T-fitting.
(8) Install the check valve with a new O-ring in the manifold.
(9) TORQUE the check valve to between 3.0 and 3.3 m.daN (22.12 and 24.33
lbf.ft).
(11) TORQUE the hydraulic line to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
23.59 lbf.ft).
(12) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).
(13) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.
(14) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (3048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
(16) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-057
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A371
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-410-087
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A372
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-008
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green Hydraulic System with the Tool
- Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A373
Feb 01/08
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A374
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-124
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
Subtask 12-36-29-010-101
C. Get Access
(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-680-054
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).
R
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A375
Feb 01/08
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-860-125
(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.
(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.
WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.
(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020, 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021)
(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Green
hydraulic reservoir.
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A376
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-36-29
Page A377
Aug 01/08
AXM
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A378
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A379
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A380
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A381
Feb 01/08
R
AXM
(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.
1
_ Remove the Green HP filter (1048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).
2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Green HP filter (1048GM).
3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.
1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(1002GM).
2
_ Put a blanking plug in the open port of the tube.
3
_ Connect the LP filter (1002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.
(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-067
(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A382
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Fill the Green reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-068
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Green reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.
(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Green Engine Driven Pump (1030GK):
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A383
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.
(c) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Power Transfer
Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Make sure that the
pressure shown on the ECAM SD and on the gauge of the system
accumulator is correct.
(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A384
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Landing Gear System with the PTU.
(b) Make sure that the LP2 and HP2 lines are not in the area of the
landing gear to prevent damage during the retraction and
extension of the landing gear.
(c) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002). The main landing
gear doors must stay open during the retraction and extension of
the landing gear.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR
_______
ARE CLEAR.
(d) Retract and extend the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001)
and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002). Do this step 3 times.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-070
A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (1002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-
610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-126
(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), remove the plug type E0052R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2) and connect the
pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2).
(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A385
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (1002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (1002GM).
(5) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).
(6) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.
(7) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (1048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).
(9) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-059
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-088
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A386
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
TASK 12-36-29-600-009
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Tool -
Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A387
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A388
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-127
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
Subtask 12-36-29-010-102
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A389
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-680-055
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-128
(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.
(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.
WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.
(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022, 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023)
(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Blue
hydraulic reservoir.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A390
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
12-36-29
Page A391
Aug 01/08
AXM
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A392
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A393
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A394
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A395
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.
(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.
1
_ Remove the Blue HP filter (2048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-
001).
2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Blue HP filter (2048GM).
3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.
1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(2002GM).
2
_ Put a blanking plug in the open port of the tube.
3
_ Connect the LP filter (2002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.
(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A396
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
Subtask 12-36-29-611-069
(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(3) Fill the Blue reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-070
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Blue reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.
(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Blue Electric Pump (2075GJ).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A397
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(e) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):
- open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.
(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(b) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.
(d) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and the pressure gauge of the system accumulator is
correct.
(f) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A398
Aug 01/08
R
AXM
(h) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
(i) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
(j) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-071
Subtask 12-36-29-860-129
(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), remove the plug type E0052R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1) and connect the
pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1).
(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (2002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (2002GM).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page A399
Aug 01/08
AXM
(5) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).
(6) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.
(7) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (2048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001).
(9) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-061
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-410-089
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Close the main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 12-36-29
Page B300
Aug 01/08
AXM